
4 



I 



LIBRARY OF CO" IS. I 






38 



UNITED STATES OF AMEKICA.i 



POPULAR 
HARMONY OF THE BIBLE, 

HISTORICALLY AND CHRONOLOGICALLY 
ARRANGED. 

BY 

H. ll/wHEELEE, 

AUTHOR OF 

" HEBREW FOE ADULTS," " OUTLINES OF CHRONOLOGY," 
ETC. 



LONDON: 
LONGMAN, BROWN, GREEN, AND LONGMANS. 

1855. 






London : 

A- and G. A. SPOTTiswooDn, 

t New-street-Square. 



PREFACE. 



It is universally admitted that many historical state- 
ments, both in the Old and New Testament, are not 
placed in their natural order, and that there are many 
points which, though possessed of a clear and defi- 
nite meaning, if harmoniously regarded, seem open 
to doubt and cavil, if read and interpreted apart. 

The design of this work is, to remove these ap- 
parent difficulties; to facilitate to the Christian 
parent, teacher, child, and student, the reading of 
the Word of God ; and to enable him to behold the 
great beauty and unity that pervades it when har- 
monised and systematically arranged. 

Many works of the kind have from time to time 
been written ; but they have only been accessible to 
the rich and learned : I have^ therefore, some reason 



IV PREFACE. 

to believe that the Popular Harmony of the Bible 
will supply a desideratum long felt, and prove a 
good substitute for such expensive, yet truly valu- 
able and leai-ned works as Townsend's Arrangement 
of the Old Testament, and Greswell's Harmony of 
the New. 

In addition to the Arrangement and Harmony of 
the Bible, a great deal of other useful information 
is added, which it is hoped will serve to solve many 
apparent difficulties which the Christian reader may 
meet with in the searching of the Scriptures. 

In the compilation I have in no one instance acted 
without some weighty authority as my guide or 
support ; neither have I hesitated to avail myself of 
the labours of others, whenever I have found that 
an extract or an opinion of theirs was likely to 
enhance the usefulness of my undertaking. 

Great care has been taken to render the work cor- 
rect; but should any error have been accidentally 
overlooked, I trust the indulgent reader will bear with 
me, considering the nature of the work, aud the im- 
mense labour required to arrange such a multitude of 
texts under their proper heads. 



PREFACE. V 

In conclusion, I may permitted to say, that I have 
done what I could to make the work acceptable ; and 
I pray that He, who of His mercy and goodness gave 
the Sacred Word, upon which I have Jeen humbly 
engaged, may bless my labour, and make it of service 
to earnest seekers after that knowledge, which, to 
possess and to act upon, is able to make them wise 
unto salvation. 



THE AUTHOR. 



Ewhurst, Sussex, 
St. Thomas's Day, 1854. 



a 3 



INTRODUCTION, 



The Bible is the Word of God. Its divine authenticity 
cannot be denied ; it bears upon every page the stamp of 
inspiration, and an evidence, in its diction, perspicuity, 
and elegance, of a wisdom far superior to anything found 
in human composition. That God is its Author, and 
that its writers were inspired, have been most satis- 
factorily and clearly proved by men who have made 
the subject their special study, and who, from their pro- 
found learning and piety, were eminently qualified to 
form an opinion concerning it. In all ages it has been 
received (the Old Testament by the Jews, and the Old 
and New Testament by Christians,) as a divine record 
and revelation. Many an attempt, it is true, has been 
made to level both it and that which rests upon it (the 
Christian Religion) to the standard of a fable; but, 
thank God! these designs have not only been unsuccessful, 
but have, in numerous instances, by the providence of 
God, been the means of placing more conspicuously the 
exalted character of the Bible before the humble seeker 
after Truth. 

Should the reader be desirous of satisfying himself 



Vlll INTRODUCTION. 



more fully on this important subject, he may profitably 
take up for that purpose Dr. Whitby's " General Preface 
to the Gospels," Leland's " Divine Authority of the Old 
and New Testament," " Butler's Analogy," Robert Hall's 
" Modern Infidelity," Paley's " Horse Paulina," Dr. Tay- 
lor's " Key," Lardner's " Credibility," and Dr. Dodd's 
" Commentaries." Few will, probably, be able to con- 
sult these authorities for themselves; those who cannot 
may be quite satisfied that what is stated above is, in 
substance, the conclusion to which they, and many 
others, have come on the subject. 

No uninspired man was better able to form a just 
opinion concerning the merits of the most celebrated 
books of antiquity which have come down to us than 
our own countryman, Sir William Jones. The opinions 
of this eminent scholar touching the excellence of the 
Scriptures, are so weighty and so encouraging to the 
student of Holy Writ, that they are worthy of being daily 
recalled to mind. He says, " The collection of tracts, 
which we call, from their excellence, The Scriptures, con- 
tain, independently of a Divine origin, more true sub- 
limity, more exquisite beauty, purer morality, more 
important history, and finer strains of poetry and elo- 
quence, than could be collected within the same compass 
from all other books that were ever composed in any age 
or in any idiom. The two parts of which the Scriptures 
consist (the Old and New Testaments) are connected by 
a chain of composition (the Prophecies) which bear no 
resemblance in form or style to any that can be produced 
from the stores of Grecian, Indian, Persian, or even 
Arabian learning. The antiquity of these compositions 
no man doubts ; and the unstrained application of them 
to events long subsequent to their publication, is a solid 



INTRODUCTION. IX 



ground of belief that they were genuine predictions, and 
consequently inspired." 

But greater than Sir William have borne testimony to 
their perfection and intrinsic value. " Search the 
Scriptures," said He who knew what was excellent and 
what was best for man. They were " given by inspi- 
ration,'' and are " profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for 
correction, for instruction," and are " able to make thee 
wise unto salvation," is the opinion of St. Paul, the 
eminent Apostle of Christ and the learned pupil of 
Gamaliel. David, who had made them his meditation 
day and night, declares that they are "wonderful;" that 
they are " better than thousands of gold and silver ; n 
that their "entrance giveth light and understanding to 
the simple;" that by them he was made "wiser" than his 
enemies, and had " more understanding than all his 
teachers ;" and finally, that " the law of the Lord is 
perfect" and " very pure." — See Ps. cxix. 

Still, notwithstanding the superlative excellence of the 
Scriptures, it must not be denied that they contain diffi- 
culties, and are in many places hard to be understood 
(2 Peter, iii. 16.). The difficulties are three-fold: — 
Firstly, such as are common to all histories of antiquity, 
arising from being written in a language long since 
"dead," in a country long since desolate, and amidst 
natural scenery, political institutions, and social manners 
and customs altogether dissimilar to those of Europe* 
secondly, such as over which God in his wisdom has 
purposely drawn a veil ; and thirdly, such as arise out of 
the arrangement of the books, chapters, and certain por- 
tions of the text. 

The first kind of difficulties the labours of the learned 
may do, and have done, much to illustrate and remove, 



INTRODUCTION. 



and therefore their works may very profitably be studied 
for that purpose. The second kind must be left to God. 
He will in His own good time be His own expositor, and 
reveal them to His servants ; — all the human wisdom in 
the universe, unassisted by His will, cannot make that 
plain which He has hid. The third class may be called 
minor difficulties, and will, in a great measure, be re- 
moved by the Popular Harmony of the Bible. Whatever 
God has done He has done ivell : man arranged the 
Scriptures, but God is their Author ; the former liable to 
err, the latter never. He is the only infallible. 

It is a blessed thing to know, that with all the diffi- 
culties to be met with in the Scriptures, there is not one 
which veils the duty, the happiness, and the salvation of 
man. God has mercifully revealed sufficient that he that 
runneth may read ; that the humbly ignorant may, by 
them, be instructed ; the learned made wiser ; the pious 
know the reward of his piety ; the wicked, his doom ; the 
afflicted, where they may find comfort ; the sick, a phy- 
sician ; the oppressed, help ; the widow, a protector ; the 
fatherless, a parent ; the friendless, a friend ; the weak, 
strength ; and all classes and conditions of men their 
duties and their interests ; the Christian, where he may 
find a God, to watch over him ; a Saviour, to intercede for 
him ; and a Comforter, ever ready to fill him with every 
good and perfect gift. 

In many things man is apt to consider himself wiser 
than his Maker : when he does so in reference to His 
Word, he often raises up difficulties for himself; the 
pride of some causes them to misunderstand and pervert 
the Scriptures, and the self-satisfaction of others leads them 
to slight, despise, and reject them. If man would submit 
to be taught, he would learn more; if he would search the 



INTRODUCTION. XI 



Scriptures to get wisdom rather than to obtain know- 
ledge to support him in unfruitful disputations, and bane- 
ful cavillings, he would not find himself so often in the 
dark. They who read them from curiosity can never ex- 
pect God to gratify such unholy inquisitiveness ; to know 
the deep things in them, they must become " babes;" 
when they bring themselves down to that level, they 
will no longer cry this or that part of Holy Writ is 
difficult, but be contented to leave hidden things to 
God, and exclaim " How I love Thy law ; it is more 
precious than rubies. I esteem all Thy precepts con- 
cerning all things to be right." Then will they in- 
deed find that the Scriptures is a chart by which they 
may sail to eternity ; a map by which they may daily 
walk ; a sun-dial by which they may set their lives ; a 
balance in which they may weigh all their actions ; and a 
mirror in which they may "know themselves" and their 
God. 

After what has been said in proof of the excellency of 
the Scriptures, it will not be out of place to show that 
the version which we have is one which the Christian 
unhesitatingly may receive and use as a faithful copy 
of the original. 

Those who have compared most of the European trans- 
lations with the original, have not scrupled to say that the 
English translation of the Bible, made under the direction 
of King James L, is the most accurate and faithful of the 
whole. The translators have seized the very spirit and 
soul of the original, and expressed this almost every- 
where with pathos and energy. Moreover, our translators 
have not only made a standard translation, but they have 
made their translation the standard of our language; 
the English tongue in their day was not equal to such 



Xll INTRODUCTION, 



a work, " but God enabled them to stand as upon Mount 
Sinai," to use the expression of a learned author, " and 
crane up their country's language to the dignity of the 
originals, so that after a lapse of more than 200 years, 
the English Bible is, with very few exceptions, the stand- 
ard of the purity and excellence of the English tongue. 
The original from which it was taken is, alone, superior 
to the Bible translated by the authority of King James." 
The great care taken to make a faithful translation 
will be better understood by giving the names of those 
engaged in accomplishing it, and the rules by which they 
worked. Before giving this account it may be necessary 
to state that a resolution was formed, in consequence 
of a request made by Dr. Reynolds to King James L, in 
the conference held at Hampton Court, 1603, that a 
new translation, or rather revision, of what was called 
the Bishops Bible, printed in 1568, should be made. 
Dr. Reynolds' request was made in the following 



Dr. Reynolds. " May your Majesty be pleased that the Bible be 
new translated, such as are extant not answering the original ? " 
[ Here he gave a few examples.'] 

Bishop of London. " If every man's humour might be followed, 
there would be no end of translating." 

The King. " I profess I could never yet see a Bible well trans- 
lated in English ; but I think that of all, that of Geneva is the worst. 
I wish some special pains were taken for an uniform translation, 
which should be done by the best learned in both Universities, then 
reviewed by the Bishops, presented to the Privy Council, lastly ratified 
by royal authority, to be read in the whole church, and no other." 

There were fifty-four translators appointed, who were divided 
into six classes ; seven of these appear to have died before the work 
commenced, as only forty- seven are found in Fuller's list. 



INTRODUCTION. Xlll 



I 



At Westminster, ten were engaged on 

The Pentateuch : The Story from Joshua to the First 
Book of the Chronicles, exclusively. 

Doctor Andrews, Fellow and Master of Pembroke Hall in 
Cambridge ; then Dean of Westminster, afterwards Bishop of Win- 
chester. 

Dr. Overall, Fellow of Trinity College, Master of Kath. 
Hall, in Cambridge ; then Dean of St. Paul's, afterwards Bishop of 
Norwich. 

Dr. Saravia. 

Dr. Clarke, Fellow of Christ's College, in Cambridge, Preacher 
in Canterbury. 

Dr. Laifield, Fellow of Trin., in Cambridge, Parson of St. 
Clement Danes ; being skilled in architecture, his judgment was 
much relied on for the fabric of the Tabernacle and Temple. 

Dr. Leigh, Archdeacon of Middlesex, Parson of All-Hallows, 
Barking. 

Master Burgley— Mr. King — Mr. Thompson. 

Mr. Bedwell, of Cambridge, and (I think) of St. John's, Vicar 
of Tottenham, near London. 

At Cambridge, eight were engaged on 

The First of the Chronicles, with the rest of the 
Story, and the Hagiographa, viz., Job, Psalms, Proverbs, 
Canticles, Ecclesiastes. 

Master Edward Lively. 

Mr. Richardson, Fellow of Emman., afterwards D.D.; Master, 
first of Peter-House, then of Trinity College. 

Mr. Chaderton, afterwards D. D., Fellow, first of Christ's Col- 
lege, then Master of Emmanuel. 

Mr. Dillingham, Fellow of Christ's College, beneficed at 

in Bedfordshire, where he died a single and a wealthy man. 

Mr. Andrews, afterwards D. D., brother to the Bishop of Win- 
chester, and Master of Jesus College. 

Mr. Harrison, the Rev. Vice-Master of Trinity College. 

Mr. Spalding, Fellow of St. John's, in Cambridge, and Hebrew 
Professor therein. 



XIV INTRODUCTION. 



Me. Bing, Fellow of Peter- House, in Cambridge, and Hebrew 
Professor therein. 

At Oxford, seven were engaged on 

The Pour Greater Prophets, with the Lamentations, 
and the Twelve Lesser Prophets. 

Dr. Harding, President of Magdalen College. 

Dr. Reynolds, President of Corpus Christi College. 

Dr. Holland, Rector of Exeter College, and King's Professor. 

Dr. Kilby, Rector of Lincoln College, and Regius Professor. 

Master Smith, afterwards D.D., and Bishop of Gloucester. He 
made the learned and religious Preface to the Translation. 

Mr. Brett, of a worshipful family, beneficed at Quainton, in 
Buckinghamshire. 

Mr. Fairclowe. 

At Cambridge, seven were engaged on 

The Prayer of Manasseh, and the rest of the Apo- 
crypha. 

Dr. Duport, Prebend of Ely, and Master of Jesus College. 

Dr. Brainthwait, first Fellow of Emmanuel, then Master of 
Gonvil and Caius College. 

Dr. Radclyffe, one of the Senior Fellows of Trinity College. 

Master Ward, Emmanuel, afterwards D. D., Master of Sidney 
College, and Margaret Professor. 

Mr. Downs, Fellow of St. John's College, and Greek Professor. 

Mr. Boyce, Fellow of St. John's College, Prebend of Ely, Par- 
son of Boxworth, in Cambridgeshire. 

Mr. Ward, Regal, afterwards D. D., Prebend of Chichester, 
Rector of Bishop-Waltham, in Hampshire. 

At Oxford, eight were engaged on 
The Four Gospels, Acts of the Apostles, Apocalypse. 
Dr. Ra vis, Dean of Christ Church, afterwards Bishop of London. 

Dr. Abbot, Master of University College, afterwards Archbishop 
of Canterbury. 



INTRODUCTION. XV 



Dr. Eedes — Mr. Thompson — Mr. Savill — Dr. Peryn — 
Dr. Ravens — Mr. Harmer. 

At Westminster, seven were engaged on 

The Epistles op St. Paul, and the Canonical Epistles. 

Dr. Barlowe, of Trinity Hall, in Cambridge, Dean of Chester, 
afterwards Bishop of Lincoln. 

Dr. Hutchenson — Dr. Spencer — Mr. Eenton — Mr. Rab- 
bet — Mr. Sanderson — Mr. Dakins. 

The Rules upon which the Translators worked. 

" Now," says Fuller, " for the better ordering of their proceed- 
ings, his Majesty recommended the following rules, by them to be 
most carefully observed: — 

" 1. — The ordinary Bible read in the Church, commonly called 
the Bishops' Bible, to be followed, and as little altered as the original 
will permit. 

"2. — The names of the Prophets, and the holy writers, with their 
other names in the text, to be retained, as near as may be, accord- 
ing as they are vulgarly used. 

" 3. — The old ecclesiastical words to be kept, viz., the word Church 
not to be translated Congregation, &c. 

" 4. — When any word hath divers significations, that to be kept 
which hath been most commonly used by the most eminent Fathers, 
being agreeable to the propriety of the place, and the analogy of 
faith. 

" 5. — The division of the chapters to be altered either not at all, or 
as little as may be, if necessity so require. 

" 6. — No marginal notes at all to be affixed, but only for the expla- 
nation of the Hebrew or Greek words, which cannot, without some 
circumlocution, so briefly and fitly be expressed in the texts. 

" 7. — Such quotations of places to be marginally set down, as shall 
serve for the fit reference of one Scripture to another. 

" 8. — Every particular man of each company to take the same 
chapter, or chapters; and having translated or amended them seve- 
rally by himself, where he think good, all to meet together, confer 
what they have done, and agree for their part what shall stand. 



XVI INTRODUCTION. 



" 9. — As any one company hath despatched any one book in this 
\ manner, they shall send it to the rest, to be considered of seriously 
and judiciously; for his Majesty is very careful on this point. 

" 10. — If any company, upon the review of the book so sent, shall 
doubt or differ upon any places, to send them word thereof, note the 
places, and therewithal send their reasons; to which, if they consent 
not, the difference to be compounded at the general meeting, which is 
to be of the chief persons of each company, at the end of the work. 

" 11. — When any place of special obscurity is doubted of, letters to 
be directed by authority, to send to any learned in the land, for his 
judgment in such a place. 

" 12. — Letters to be sent from every Bishop to the rest of his clergy, 
admonishing them of this translation in hand; and to move and 
charge as many as, being skilful in the tongues, have taken pains in 
that kind, to send his particular observations to the company, either 
at Westminster, Cambridge, or Oxford. 

" 13. — The directors in each company to be the Deans of West- 
minster and Chester for that place; and the King's Professors in 
Hebrew and Greek in each University. 

"Tindal's. 

" 14. — These translations to be used, when Matthew's, 
they agree better with the text than the Bishops' < Coverdale's. 
Bible, viz. - Whitchurch. 

_ Geneva. 

" Besides the said directions before mentioned, three or four of the 
most ancient and grave divines in either of the Universities, not em- 
ployed in translating, to be assigned by the Vice-chancellor, upon 
conference with the rest of the heads, to be overseers of the transla- 
tions, as well Hebrew as Greek, for the better observation of the 
fourth rule above specified. 

" And now, after long expectation and great desire," says Mr. 
Fuller, " came forth the new translation of the Bible (most beauti- 
fully printed) by a select and competent number of divines appointed 
for that purpose; not being too many, lest one should trouble 
another ; and yet many, lest many things might haply escape them. 
Who neither coveting praise for expedition, nor fearing reproach for 
slackness (seeing in a business of moment none deserve blame for 
convenient slowness), had expended almost three years in the Work, 



INTEODUCTION. XV11 



not only examining the channels by the fountain, translations with the 
original, which was absolutely necessary, but also comparing channels 
with channels, which was abundantly useful in the Spanish, Italian, 
French, and Dutch (German) languages. These, with Jacob, rolled 
away the stone from the mouth of the well of life; so that now even 
RachaeVs weak women may freely come both to drink themselves and 
water the flocks of their families at the same." 

To this the pious Fuller adds : — " Wheresoever the Bible shall be 
preached or read in the whole world, shall this that they " (King 
James and the translators) " have done be told in memorial of them." 



Tolle et Lege. 



CONTENTS. 



Page 

Preface ------- iii 

Introduction ------ vii 

Explanation • • - - - - xxiii 

The Arrangement op the Old Testament 1 

From the Creation to the building of Babel - - ib. 

From the building of Babel to Pharaoh's oppression - 3 

History of Job ----- ^ 

„ Abraham - 4 

„ Isaac - - - - - - ib. 

„ Jacob ------ 5 

„ Joseph ------ 7 

From the Birth to the Death of Moses 8 

Journeys of the Israelites 9 

From the Entrance into Canaan to the anointing of Saul - 15 

Conquest of Canaan - - - - - ib. 

Interregnum (20 years) - - - - 16 

Government of the Judges - - - -17 

From Saul's Accession to the Death of Solomon - - 18 

Keign of Saul ------ ib. 

„ David - - - 20 

„ Solomon - - - 23 
From the Accession of Kehoboam to the Beginning of the 

Captivity -------26 

History of the Kingdoms of Judah and Israel - ib. 

„ Judah alone - - - - - 40 



a 2 



XX CONTENTS. 



From the Beginning of the Captivity to the Decree of Cyrus - 44 

The History of the Jews at Jerusalem and Babylon - ib. 

„ Captivity - ib. 

From the Decree of Cyrus to the close of the Canon of the Old 

Testament - - - - - - -51 

A Chronological Table of Events, connecting the Old Testament 

with the New - - - - - - 53 

The Histoiy of the Jewish Nation between the close of the Old 

Testament, and the commencement of the New - - 57 

Arrangement and Harmony of the New Testament - 69 
From the announcement to Zacharias to the conclusion of our 

Lord's private History - - - - - ib. 

From the entry of John Baptist on his Ministry to the Ascen- 
sion of Christ - - - - - - 71 

From John's entry on his Ministry to the First Miracle of Christ ib. 
From the purging of the Temple by Christ to the call of 

Matthew - - - - - - - 72 

From the second Passover attended by Christ to the sending 

forth of the Twelve Apostles - - - - 74 

From the sending forth the Twelve to the Transfiguration - 77 
From the Transfiguration to Christ's triumphal entry into 
Jerusalem - - - - - - -79 

From Christ's entry into Jerusalem to the Preparation of the 

Passover - - - - - - - 84 

Christ's Agony - - - - - - 88 

„ Betrayal - - - - - ib. 

„ Crucifixion - .. - - - 90 

„ Burial - - - - 91 

„ Eesurrection - - - - - 92 

„ Ascension - - - - - 94 

The Apostolic Age - - - - - 95 

From the choosing of Matthias to the departure of Saul and 

Barnabas to the Gentiles - - - - - ib. 

St. Paul's first journey - - - - - 97 

second „ ■ - - - - - 99 

third «-.---- 101 



CONTENTS. 



Page 
From St. Paul's last journey, to the close of the Canon of the 
Scriptures - - - - - - -105 

Some further account of the Epistles - - - - 106 

History of the Jews from the Crucifixion to the Destruction of 
Jerusalem - - - - - - -114 

Dates of events recorded in the Acts to the Destruction of 

Jerusalem ___-•-.- 125 

Quotations from the Old Testament found in the New Testa- 
ment - - - - - - - 127 

Exactly agreeing with the Hebrew - - - ib. 

Nearly „ „ „ - -/' - 128 

Agreeing in sense, not in words - - - 129 

Giving the general sense - ib. 

Made up of several passages - ib. 

Differing from the Hebrew, but agreeing with the Sep- 
tuagint - - - - - - 130 

Of various readings - - - - - ib. 

Probably corrupted Hebrew - ib. 

Of mere reference - - - - - ib. 

Parallel Passages in Chronicles, Samuel, and Kings - -131 

The Chapters of Jeremiah arranged according to the Septuagint 132 
Arrangement of Jeremiah's Prophecies - ib. 

Arrangement of Ezekiel's Prophecies '- - - 133 

Parallels in Isaiah - - - - - - ib. 

Passages in Isaiah, referring to the Restoration and Conversion 
of the Jews - - - - - - ib. 

Harmony of the Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke - 134 

Parallel Passages in Ephesians and Colossians - - 135 

Coincidences between the Gospel and 1st Epistle of St. John - 136 
Prophecies of Daniel and John, harmonised and explained - 137 
Symbolical Language of Prophecy - 145 

Prophecies relating to Christ arranged - - - 150 

Prophecies fulfilled on Nations and Cities - - - 1 54 

Brief Account of the Twelve Apostles - - - 155 

Various sects, offices, and orders of men - - - 157 

The Herodian Family - - - - - 164 

Genealogical Chart of the Herodian Family - - - 168 



XX11 CONTENTS. 



Page 

Targum, Talmud, Misna, Gemaras - - - - 169 

Synagogues, &c. - - - - - - - 170 

The Apocryphal Books described - - - - 172 

Jewish Calendar - - - - - -174 

Jewish Seasons, Hours, Watches - - - - 176 

Table of Measures, Weights, and Money - - - 177 



EXPLANATION. 



i. The whole of the Bible is divided into Parts, Sections, and 
Paragraphs. 

ii. Parts, Sections, Paragraphs are arranged in their Historical 
and Chronological order. 

iii. The small italic letters affixed to certain words refer to the 
geographical position noted at the foot of the page.* 

iv. Texts enclosed in parentheses thus (1 Chron. xi. 1 — 3)., show 
such text to be parallel, or in Harmony with the text pre- 
ceding it. 

v. Texts enclosed in brackets, thus [Ps. viii.], show such text to 
have some reference to the subject, and should be read to 
illustrate it. 

vi. f. p. signifies first part, and I. p. the last part, of a verse. 

N.B. If it be required to read a subject in order without Harmony, 
it will be only requisite to omit the texts in parentheses. 



* As the author of the Popular Harmony of the Bible was neces- 
sarily compelled to give only the place or locality where certain cir- 
cumstances took place, he ventures to recommend to tbe student's 
notice "A Geographical Dictionary of the Holy Scriptures" 
by the Kev. A. Arrowsmith (published by Messrs, Longman). The 
late lamented author devoted many years to the preparation of this 
valuable work. It contains a complete Scriptural account and 
history of every place and people mentioned in Holy Writ, coupled 
with short notices drawn from other sources ; and the references to 
every passage in which they occur are always given. It is entirely 
an original and independent work, mainly drawn from Holy Scrip- 
ture itself ; and from the well-known accuracy and sound judgment 
of the author, it is confidently believed that it will be of great ser- 
vice to the Biblical student. 



A POPULAR 
HARMONY OF THE BIBLE. 



PART I. 

(A Period of 1657 Years.) 

FROM THE CREATION, B. C. 4004, TO NOAH'S 
PREDICTION, B. C. 2347. 



B.C. 

4004. 



SECTION I. 

The Creation. Gen. i., ii. 4 — 7. 

The Sabbath instituted Gen. ii. 1 — 3. 

Man placed in Eden. a Its situation. Eve 
formed. Institution of Marriage. Gen. ii. 8 — 25. 



Place. — a, Eden. 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



4004. 



4003. 

3875. 
3874. 

3769. 



3468. 



2348. 



2347. 



SECTION II. 

The Fall of Man. a The Messiah promised. 
Expulsion from Eden. Gen. iii. 

section in. 

Birth of Cain and Abel. 6 Sacrifices first mentioned. 

Gen. iv. 1 — 7. 

Abel slain. 6 Cain cursed Gen. iv. 8 — 16. 

Seth born. 6 Gen. iv. 25. 

Cain's family. Lamech's speech. Gen. iv. 17 — 24. 
Enos born. c Church and world specified. 

Gen. iv. 26. 

Genealogy from Adam to Noah, being the line of 

Christ. (Enoch translated, b. c. 3017.) Gen. v. 

SECTION IV. 

Impiety of the World. God determines to destroy 
it. Directs Noah to build an Ark. Gen. vi. 

Noah enters the Ark. The Deluge. 

Gen. vii., viii. 1 — 12. 

Noah leaves the Ark. d God's covenant with Noah. 
Gen. viii. 13—22 ; ix. 1—17. 

Noah's prediction concerning his sons. rf 

Gen. ix. 18—27. 



Place. — a, Eden, b, near Eden, c, Nod. d, Armenia. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



2247. 



1998. 



PART II. 

(A Period of 674 Years.) 

FROM THE BUILDING OF BABEL, B. C. 2247, 



RAELITES, B.C. 1573. 



SECTION I. 

Building of Babel. a Confusion of tongues. The 
dispersion of mankind. Gen. xi. 1 — 9. 

Genealogies and settlements of Noah's posterity. 

Gen. x. 

Genealogy from Shem to Terah, being a conti- 
nuation of Messiah's line. Gen. xi. 10 — 26. 

Death of Noah. 6 Gen. ix. 28, 29. 



SECTION II. 

THE HISTORY OF JOB. 

Job lived in Uz, in Idumaea. It is impossible to 
state when this Patriarch lived ; but there is 
every probability that he was alive either just 
before, or at the time of Abraham. Job, i — xlii. 



Place. — a, Plains of Shinar. b, Armenia. 



B2 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



1996. 
1921. 



1920. 
1918. 

1913. 

1912. 

1910. 
1897. 



1896. 

1S92. 



SECTION III. 

HISTORY OF ABRAHAM. 

Abram born.« Marries Sarah. ... Gen. xi. 27 — 30. 
First call of Abram. 6 Terah dies. Gen. xi. 31, 32. 
His second call. c Messiah promised. 

Gen. xii. 1 — 9. 
Abram goes from Canaan to Egypt on account of 

the famine.^ His duplicity. Gen. xii. 10 — 20. 
Abram returns.** Lot and Abram separate. Lot 

goes to Sodom. Gen. xiii. 1 — 13. 

The promise renewed.* 5 Kemoves to Mamre. 

Gen. xiii. 14 — 18. 
War with the five kings/ Abram is blessed by 

Melchizedek. Gen. xiv. 

God's covenant with Abram. e Gen. xv. 

Sarah afflicts Hagar. Ishmael born. e Gen. xvi. 

The covenant renewed. Their names changed. 

Isaac promised. Circumcision instituted. 6 

Gen. xvii, 

Abraham entertains angels. The renewal of the 
promise of a son. Sarah's unbelief. The con- 
demnation and destruction of Sodom. Lot's 
escape. Birth of Moab and Ben-ammi. e 

Gen. xviii. xix. 

Abraham leaves Hebron.^" Second duplicity. 

Gen. xx. 

Isaac born.s" Gen. xxi. 1 — 8. 

Hagar and Ishmael cast out.^ ... Gen. xxi. 9 — 21. 



Place. — a, Dr. b, to Haran. c, to Canaan, d, Canaan, e, Hebron. 
/, Shaven, g, Gerar. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



1892. Covenant of Abraham with Abimelech." 

Gen. xxi 22—34. 

1872. Abraham's faith tried. 6 Gen. xxii. 1—19. 

1859. Death and burial of Sarah. c Gen. xxiii. 

Account of Rebekah's family. Gen. xxii. 20 — 24. 

1856. Abraham sends to Haran for a wife for Isaac. 
Marriage of Isaac and Rebekah." Gen. xxiv. 

1850. Abraham marries Keturah. a His descendants by her. 

Gen. xxv. 1 — 6. 

1836. Birth of Esau and Jacob.** Gen. xxv. 19—28. 

1821. Death of Abraham." (Aged 175.) The blessing 
continued to Isaac. Gen. xxv. 7 — 11. 



SECTION IV. 

HISTORY OF JACOB. 

1804. Famine in Canaan. Esau sells his birthright to 
Jacob.** Gen. xxvi. 1 ; xxv. 29 — 34. 

Isaac leaves Lahai-roi. e His duplicity. 

Gen. xxvi. 1 — 16. 

Isaac returns. His covenant with Abimelech. a 

Gen. xxvi. 17—33. 

1796. Esau marries two Hittites Gen. xxvi. 34, 35. 

1773. Ishmael dies/ His posterity.... Gen. xxvi. 12 — 18. 
1760. Jacob blessed." Flees from Esau. 

Gen. xxvii. xxviii. 1 — 5. 

His vision at Luz. Abides with Laban.^ 

Gen. xxviii. 10 — 22 ; xxix. 1 — 14. 

Esau marries Mahalah/ Gen. xxviii. 6 — 9. 



Place. — a, Beersheba. b, Moriab.. c. Machpelah. d, Labai-roi. 
e, Gerar. /, Arabia, g, Padan-aram. 



B 3 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



B.C. 

1752. 



1745. 
1739. 



1736. 



1732. 



1729. 



Jacob marries Leah and Rachel. 

Gen. xxix. 15 — 30. 
Birth of Reuben, Simeon, Levi and Judah, by 
Leah ; of Dan and Naphtali, by Billah, Rachel's 
maid ; of Gad and Asher, by Zilpah, Leah's 
maid; of Issachar, Zebulun and Dinah, by 
Leah; of Joseph, by Rachel." 

Gen. xxix. 31—35 ; xxx. 1—24. 

Jacob's policy." He becomes rich. 

Gen. xxx. 25 — 43. 

Jacob departs secretly. Laban pursueth. Their 

covenant. 6 Gen. xxxi. 

Jacob meets an angel. c Prays for deliverance 
from Esau. Wrestles with the angel at Peniel. 
Reconciled to Esau. Sojourns at Succoth. 

Gen. xxxii., xxxiii. 1 — 17. 

Jacob removes to Shalem.^ Gen. xxxiii. 18 — 20. 

The birth of Er, Onan, Shelah, sons of Judah. 

Gen. xxxviii. 1 — 5. 

Shechemites slain by Simeon and Levi.*" 

Gen. xxxiv. 

Jacob departs from Shechem. God appears to 
him. Changes his name to Israeli 

Gen. xxxv. 1 — 15. 

Birth of Benjamin. Death of Rachel/ 

Gen. xxxv. 16—20. 

Reuben's sin/ Jacob abides with Isaac. 

Gen. xxxv. 21—27. 

Esau's posterity Gen. xxxvi. 



Place. — a, Padan-aram. b, Galeed. c, Succoth. d, Shechem. 
e, Bethel. /, Bethlehem, g, Hebron. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



B.C. 

1728. 



1726. 
1719. 

1718. 

1716. 
1715. 

1707. 
1706. 



1689. 



1635. 



1573. 



SECTION V. 

HISTORY OF JOSEPH. 

Joseph's dreams.® Sold to Potiphar. 

Gen. xxxvii. — xxxix. 1 — 6. 

Incest of Judah and Tamar. 6 Pharez born ; a pro- 
genitor of Christ. Gen. xxxviii. 6 — 30. 

Joseph tempted by Potiphar's wife. He resists. 
His imprisonment. Gen. xxxix. 7 — 23. 

Interprets the butler's and baker's dreams. c 

Gen. xl. 

Death of Isaac.** Gen. xxxv. 28, 29. 

Joseph interprets Pharaoh's dreams. His eleva- 
tion. Manasseh and Ephraim born. c 

Gen. xli. 1-52. 

The famine. Joseph's brethren come to buy corn. 
Gen. xli. 53 — 57 ; xlii. 

His brethren's second arrival. Joseph makeshim- 
self known. Jacob brought into Egypt, and 
settles in Goshen. Gen. xliii. — xlvii. 1 — 12. 

Character of Joseph's government. 

Gen. xlvii. 13—26. 

Jacob's predictions. His death and burial at 
Machpelah. 

Gen. xlvii. 27 — 31 ; xlviii., xlix., 1. 1 — 12. 
Death of Joseph. Gen. 1. 22 — 26. 

SECTION VI. 

The oppression of the Israelites. Pharaoh orders 
the male children to be destroyed. Exod. i. 



Place. — a, Hebron, b, Timnath. c, Egypt, d, Mamre. 
B4 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



PART III. 

(A Period of 120 Years.) 

FROM THE BIRTH (B.C. 1571) TO THE DEATH 
OF MOSES, B. C. 1451. 

SECTION I. 

1571. Moses's birth.* Rescue. Early life. 

Exod. ii. 1—10. 

1531. Leaves Egypt. 6 His marriage. ...Exod. ii. 11 — 22. 
1500. The Israelites sigh by reason of their bondage.* 
Exod. ii. 23—25. (Ps. lxxxviii.) 

1491. God appears to Moses. c Moses and Aaron di- 
rected to go to Pharaoh and the children of 
Israel. Exod. iii., iv. 1 — 28. 

They deliver their message to Israel, and to 
Pharaoh." Israelites more oppressed. 

Exod. iv. 29—31 ; v. 

The Israelites cry against Moses and Aaron. a They 
complain unto God, who assures them by the 
revelation of His name Jehovah. 

Exod. v. 20—23. ; vi. 1—13. 

Genealogy of Reuben, Simeon, and Levi, of whom 
came Moses and Aaron. Exod. vi. 14 — 27. 

Moses and Aaron again sent to Pharaoh. Con- 
firm their message by miracles." 

Exod. vi. 28—30.; vii. 1—13. 

Place. — a, Egypt, b, Midian. c, Horeb. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



1491. 



Civil yr. 

1494. 

Y.1.,M. 1. 
D. 15. 



Pharaoh refuses to let Israel go. Plagues are sent. 
Exod. vii. 14- — 25. ; viii., ix., 1 — 20. 

The Passover instituted Exod. xii. 1 — 20. 

The ninth plague. Three days' darkness. 

Exod. x. 21—27. 

Death of the first-born of the Egyptians threatened. 
Exod. xi. 1—8. ; x. 28, 29. ; xi. 9—10. 

Passover eaten. First-born slain. 

Exod. xii. 21—30. 

The Exodus." Exod. xii. 31—36,40—42. 



SECTION II. 

THE EORTY-TWO JOURNEYS OF THE 
ISRAELITES. 

Note. — God commanded the month Nisan, or Abib 
(March and April), the 14th night of which month the 
Exodus took place, to be counted the beginning of a new 
year (ecclesiastical year), the civil year being still re- 
tained. The history of Moses, with the journeyings, is 
dated according to this new year, and we shall follow the 
same plan, giving the ecclesiastical year, month, and day 
in the margin. 

First Journey. 6 Passover observed. First-born 
of man and beast set apart. Joseph's bones re- 
moved. Num. xxxiii. 1 — 4. Exod. xii. 37. — 
(Num. xxxiii. 5.) Exod. xii. 38. 39, 43—51. ; 
xiii. 1—19. 
Second Journey. Guided by a pillar of cloud 
and fire. Exod. xiii. 20. (Num. xxxiii. 6.). — 
Exod. xiii. 21, 22. 

Third Journey.** Pharaoh pursues after the 
Israelites. Exod. xiv. 1 — 18. (Num. xxxiii. 7.) 



Place. — a, To Rameses. b, Rameses to Succoth. c. Etham. 
d. Pi-hahiroth. 



10 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



Civil yr. 

1491. 

Y.1..M.1, 

D. 15. 



M. 3. 
D. 15. 



1496. 

E. Y. 

M. 6. 



Fourth Journey." Passage of the sea. Pharaoh's 
overthrow. Moses' song. Bitter water sweetened. 
Exod.xiv. 19—13.; xv. 1—26. (Num. xxxiii. 8.) 

Fifth and Sixth Journeys. 6 

Exod. xv. 27. (Num. xxxiii. 9.) ; xxxiii. 10. 

Seventh Journey/ People murmur for bread. 
Manna given. 
Exod. xvi. 1. (Num.xxxiii.il.) Exod. xvi. 
2—36. 

Eighth and Ninth Journeys.** 

Num. xxxiii. 12, 13. 

Tenth Journey/ Water from the rock in Horeb. 
Amalek overcome. 

Exod. xvii. 1. (Num. xxxiii. 14.) Exod. xvii. 
2 — 16. 

Eleventh Journey/ Preparation for the giving 
of the Law. 
Exod. xix. 1. (Num. xxxiii. 15.) Exod. xix. 
2—15. 

Proclamation of the Moral Law Exod. xx. 

Proclamation of the Judicial Law. 

Exod. xxi. — xxiii. 

Moses called up into the mount Exod. xxiv. 

Ceremonial Law given. Respecting the Tabernacle 
and its furniture. The Priests and their gar- 
ments, &c. Tables of the Law given to Moses. 

Exod. xxv. — xxxi. 

Idolatry. Golden Calf. Tables broken. 

Exod. xxxii., xxxiii. 

Tables of the Covenant renewed. ... Exod. xxxiv. 

Offerings of the people for the Tabernacle. Beza- 



Placb.— a, Red Sea and Marah. b, Elim, Red Sea. c, Wilderness of 
Sin. d, Dophkah, Alush. e, Rephidim. /, Observe: all under this jour- 
ney took place at the foot of Sinai. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



11 



E. Y. II. 
M. I., D. 1. 



leel and Aholiab construct it, &c. Aaron and 
his sons sanctified. Exod. xxxv. — xl. 1 — 16. 

The Tabernacle set up. Cloud of Glory takes 
possession of it. Exod. xl. 17 — 38. 

Laws concerning various sacrifices. Levit. i* — vii. 

Consecration of Aaron and his sons to the Priest- 
hood. Their offering and those offered by the 
princes accepted. Levit. viii., ix. Num. vii. 

Nadab and Abihu destroyed Levit. x. 

Great day of Atonement. The Scape Goat. 

Levit. xvi. 

Second Passover celebrated Num. ix. 1 — 14. 

Law of meats and purifications. ... Levit. xi. — xv. 

Various moral, ceremonial, and judicial laws. 

Levit. xvii. — xxii. xxiv. 

Of various festivals Levit. xxiii. and xxv. 

Prophetic promises and threatenings. Levit. xxvi. 

Law of vows. Things devoted. Tithes. 

Levit. xxvi. 
The Tribes numbered. Their order appointed. 

Num. i., ii. 

The Levites appointed Num. iii., iv. 

Various legal ceremonies instituted.... Num. v. vi. 

The Levites consecrated Num. viii. 

The use of the silver trumpet. ... Num. x. 1 — 10. 
Manner the cloud guided the people. 

Num. ix. 15—23. 
Jethro's visit and counsel to Moses. 

Exod. xviii. 1— 26. 
Twelfth Journey." Order of March. 

Num. x. 11 — 13. (Num. xxiii. 16). Num. x. 
14—28. 



1490. 

E. Y. II. 

M. 2. 

d. 20. 



Place. — a, Kibroth-hattaavah. 



12 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



Civil yr. 

1490. 

E. Y. II. 

M. 2. 

w. 20. 



Y. II. 

M. 5. 

D. 7. 



1451. 



E. Y. XL. 
M. 1. 



Jethro returns to Midian. 

Num. x. 32. (Ex. xviii. 27.) 

The blessing of Moses at the removal and resting 
of the ark. Num. x. 33—36. 

Burning* of Taberah quenched by Moses' prayer. 
— People loathe manna and murmur for flesh. 
Seventy elders appointed to assist Moses. 

Num. xi. 1—34. 

Thirteenth Journey. 3 Leprosy of Miriam. 

Num. xi. 35.; (xxxiii. 17.); xii. 1 — 15. 

Fourteenth Journey. 6 Spies sent out. The 
people murmur at the report. The murmurers 
above 20 years old sentenced to die in the 
wilderness, and all to wander for 40 years. The 
people who determined, in spite of God's sen- 
tence, to invade the land, defeated by the in- 
habitants. 

Num. xii. 16 ; (xxxiii. 18.) ; xiii., xiv. Ps. xc. 

Various laws. The sabbath-breaker stoned. 

Num. xv. 

Koran's rebellion. The budding of Aaron's rod. 

Num. xvi., xvii. 

Laws concerning Priests, Levites, and purifica- 
tions. Num. xviii., xix. 

Fifteenth to Thirty-Second Journey. 

Eighteen journeys being their wanderings in the 
wilderness for 38 years. Death of Miriam. 
Moses' and Aaron's sin at Meribah. Edom re- 
fuses a passage. 

Num. xxxiii. 19 — 35. ; xx. 1. (xxxiii. 36.) ; 
xx. 1—21. 



Place.- 



Hazeroth. b, Rithmah in Padan, or Kadesh-barnea. 
c, Back to Kadesh-barnea. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



13 



Civil yr. 

1451. 

E. Y. XL. 
M. 5. 
D. 1. 



Thirty- Third Journey.* Death of Aaron. Arad 
defeated. 

Num. xx. 22.; (xxxiii. 37.) ; xx. 23—26, 27, 
28. ; xxxiii. 38.) ; xxxiii. 39. ; xx. 29. ; 
xxxiii. 40. ; xxi. 1 — 3. 

Thirty-Fourth Journey. 6 Fiery Serpents. 

Num. xxi. 4. ; (xxxiii. 41.) ; xxi. 5 — 9. 

Thirty-Fifth, Sixth, and Seventh Journeys. 
Num. xxxiii. 42. ; xxi. 10, 11. ; (xxx. 43, 44.) 

Thirty-Eighth Journey. d Stopping at, or pass- 
ing by Zared, Arnon, Beer, Jahaz, Heshbon, 
where Sihon is defeated. Jaazer and Edrei, 
where Og is defeated. 

Num. xxi. 12— 18. ; 21—35. ; xxxiii. 45. 

Thirty-Ninth and Fortieth Journeys. e Pass- 
ing Mattanah, Nahaliel, Bamoth, Pisgah. 
Num. xxxiii. 46. ; xxi. 18, 19, 20. ; (xxxiii. 47.) 

Forty-First Journey/ Account of Balaam and 
Balak. 

Num. xxii. 1. ; (xxxiii. 48.); xxi. 2 — 41.; 
xxiii., xxi v. 

Forty-Second Journey. # Idolatry of Baal-Peor. 
Num. xxv. 1. ; (xxxiii. 49.) ; xxv. 1 — 18. 

Third numbering of the people. 5 " Num. xxvi. 

Concerning the matters of the daughters of Zelo- 
phedad.*" Law of inheritance given in conse- 
quence. Num. xxvii. 1 — 11. ; xxxvi. 

Laws of offerings and vows, &c.:^ 

Num. xxviii — xxx. 

Spoiling of Midian. «* Num. xxxi. 

Assignment of territories to Reuben and Gad, and 



Place. — a, Mount Hor. b, Zalmonah. c, Punon, Oboth. Ije-abarim 
or lira, d, Dibon-gad. e, Almon-dibla-thaim, Abarim. /, Plains of 
Moab by Jordan, g, Shittim. 



I 4 A POPULAR HARMONY 



M. 11. 
1. 



Civil 

1451. to the half tribe of Manasseh, on the eastern 
side of Jordan. Num. xxxii. 

The Israelites instructed how they shall act after 
they have taken Canaan. a 

Num. xxxiii. 50 — 56. ; xxxiv., xxxv. 

SECTION in. 

e. y. xl. Moses reviews their past history ; rehearses the 
laws moral, ceremonial, and judicial ; gives addi- 
tional precepts and directions ; enforcing them 
by various exhortations to obedience. b 

Deu. i., ii. 1. ; x. 6—9 ; ii. 2 — 37. ; iii — ix. 
x. 1 — 5. ; 10—22. xi — xxvi. 

The law confirmed Deu. xxviii. 

Prophetic promises for obedience, and curses for 

disobedience. Deu. xxvii. 

Moses' concluding appeal Deu. xxix., xxx. 

SECTION IV. 

Joshua appointed to succeed Moses in governing 
Israel. Num. xxvii. 12 — 23. 

Moses' charge to the people, to Joshua, and to the 
priests. Deu. xxxi. 1 — 13. 

By the command of God, Moses writes a song of 
witness ; again charges Joshua ; completes the 
writing of the law ; delivers it to the Levites 
with a prediction of the disobedience of Israel- 
ites. Deu. xxxi. 14—29. 

The song of witness ; Moses' farewell charge. 

Deu. xxxi. 30. ; xxxii. 1 — 47. 

Moses prophetically blesses Israel. 

Deu. xxxii. 48 — 52. ; xxxiii. 
e. v. xl. Death, burial, mourning for, and character of 
Moses. Deu. xxxiv. 



Place. — a, Shittim. b, Xear Xebo. c, Xebo. 






OF THE BIBLE. 15 



. Y. XLI. 
M.l. 

D.20. 



PART IV. 

(A Period of 356 Years.) 

FKOM THE ENTRANCE INTO CANAAN, 
B.C. 1451, TO THE ANOINTING OF SAUL, 
B. C. 1095. 

SECTION I. 

THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN. 
Civil yr. 

1451. Joshua's mission." Jos. i. 1 — 9. 

Spies sent out b Jos. ii. 

Passage of the Jordan Jos. i. 10 — 18. ; iii., iv. 

The covenant renewed 6 Jos. v. 1 — 12. 

The taking of Jericho. 

Jos. vi. 1. ; v. 13—15. ; vii. 2—27. 

Achan's sin ; Ai taken Jos. vii., viii. 1 — 29. 

Gibeonites' stratagem ; conquest of the five kings. 

Jos. ix., x. 
1450 Rest of the conquests. 
—45. 
1445. The law proclaimed and confirmed.' 

Jos. viii. 30 — 35. (See Deu. xxvii.) 
1444. Reuben, Gad, Manasseh return to their allotments. 

Jos. xxii. 



Place. — a, Shittim. b, Gilgal. c, Ebal and Gerizim. 



16 A POPULAR HARMONY 



Civil yr. 

1444. 



1427. 



1425. 
1413. 



SECTION II. 
The conquests enumerated Jos. xii. 

The division of the land to the nine tribes, and 
a half by lots ; Levites have no land. 

Jos. xiii. 1 — 14.; xiv. 1 — 5. 

Inheritance of Reuben, Gad, and half tribe of 

Manasseh. * Jos. xiii. 15 — 33. 

Caleb's inheritance. 6 Jos. xiv. 6 — 15.; xv. 13 — 19. 

Judah's lot c Jos. xv. 1—12, and 20 — 63. 

Lot of Joseph's children Jos. xvi., xvii. 

The tabernacle set up J Jos. xviii. 1. 

Lots of other tribes. Joshua's inheritance. 

Jos. xviii. 2 — 28. ; xix. 

Cities of refuge, and Levitical cities appointed. 

Jos. xx., xxi. 

Joshua's farewell charge; his death (aged 110), 
and burial. e Jos. xxiii., xxiv. 

The bones of Joseph buried e Jos. xxiv. 32. 

section in. 

INTERREGNUM FROM THE DEATH OF JOSHUA TO THE 
APPOINTMENT OF THE JUDGES 20 TEARS. 

State of Israel after Joshua's death ; an angel 
rebukes them.^ Jud. i., ii. 1 — 5. 

Idolatry introduced. <§" Jud. ii. 6 — 13. ; xvii., xviii. 

Account of the Levite of Ephraim ; slaughter of 
the Benjamites , h Jud. xix — xxi. 



Place. — a, East of Jordan. 5, Hebron, c, The South, d, Shiloh. 
e, Shechem. f, Bochirn. g, Ephraim. h, Gibeah. 



OP THE BIBLE. 17 



B.C. 



SECTION IV. 

GOVERNMENT OP THE JUDGES. 

General account of the punishment of the Israelites 
for their idolatry, and for sparing the Canaan- 
ites. Jud. ii. 14 — 23. ; iii. 1 — 4. 

1405. Captivity of the Eastern Israelites to Mesopotamia 
(8 years). Othniel, Judge Jud. iii. 5 — 11. 

1343. Captivity to the Moabites (13 years). Ehud, 
Judge. Jud. iii. 12—30. 

1325. Captivity of the Western Israelites to the Phi- 
listines. Shamgar, Judge. Jud. iii. 31. 

1285. Northern Israelites to the Canaanites for 20 years. 
Deborah, Judge. Jud. iv., v. 

1252. Captivity of the Eastern and Northern Israelites to 
Midian (7 years). Jud. vi. 1 — 6. 

1245. The History of Ruth, an ancestress of the 
Messiah." Ruth, i. — iv. 

Israelites delivered. Gideon, Judge. 

Jud. vi. 7 — 14; vii., viii. 
1235. Abimelech's usurpation. Jotham's fable. Jud. ix. 
1210. Tola and Jair, Judges Jud. x. 1 — 5. 

1187. Philistines and Ammonites oppress Israel (18 
years). Jephthah, Judge; his rash vow. 

Jud. x. 6 — 18; xi. xii. 1 — 7. 



1175 

TO 

1157. 



Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon, Judges. Jud. xii.. 8 — 15. 



1156. Philistines oppress Israel (40 years). Eli, High 
Priest. Jud. xiii. 1. 

Samson born. 6 Jud. xiii. 2 — 25. 

Place. — a, Bethlehem, b, Zorah. 



IS A POPULAR HARMONY 



B. C. 

1155. 



1143. 
1136. 

1117. 



1116. 
1096. 
1095. 



1095. 



Samuel born." Hannah's song. Sin of Eli's sons. 

1 Sam. i., ii. 1 — 21. 

Call of Samuel. 6 1 Sam. iii. 

Samson's marriage. His exploits. 

Jud. xiv., xv. 1 — 19. 
Eli denounced for the wickedness of his sons. 6 

1 Sam. ii. 22—36. 
Samson's last exploit. His death. 

Jud. xvi. 1— 31 f. p. ; xv. 20. (xvi. 31 1. p.) 
Eli's death/ Ark taken. Its subsequent history. 

1 Sam. iv. — vii. 1. 
Samuel, judge/ Israel repents. Philistines de- 
feated. 1 Sam. vii. 2 — 17. 
Samuel's sons, judges." The Israelites ask for a 
king. 1 Sam. viii. 



PART V. 

(A Period of 120 Years.) 

FROM THE ACCESSION OF SAUL, B. C. 1095, 
TO THE DEATH OF SOLOMON, B. C. 975. 

SECTION I. 

THE REIGN OP SAUL. 

Saul's accession/ 1 Sam. ix., x. 

Nahash comes against Jabesh-Gilead.^ Saul res- 
cues the city. Samuel's address to Israel. 

1 Sam. xi., xii. 



Place. — a, Ramah. b, Shiloh. c, Philistia. d, Gaza, e, Eben-ezer. 
f, Mizpeh. g, Gilgal. 



OF THE BIBLE. 19 



1093. 



1063. 

1062. 

1061. 
1060. 



1059. 



Saul's victoriesoverthePhilistinesandAmalekites. a 
His disobedience and rejection. 

1 Sam. xiii. — xv. 

David secretly anointed as the future king. 6 

1 Sam. xvi. 1—13. 

David and Goliath." 

1 Sam. xvii. 1—40, 55 y 56, 41—54, 57, 58, 
xviii. 1 — 4. See Ps. ix. 

David's victories. His marriage. Saul's melan- 
choly. His jealousy. Seeks to kill David. 
1 Sam. xviii. 5 — 9. ; xvi. 14 — 23. ; xviii. 10 — 

30.; xix. 1—3. (Ps. xi.) ; xix. 4 — 17.; 

(Ps. lix.) 

David flees to Samuel/* He also consults Jonathan. 
1 Sam. xix. 18 — 24.; xx. 

Flees to Ahimelech, then to Achish. e 

1 Sam. xxi. 1 — 15 ; (See Ps. lvi., xxxiv.) 

David flees again/ Joined by several companions. 

1 Sam. xxii. 1. f. p. (See Ps. cxlii.); 1 Sam. 

xxii. 1. 1. p., 2.: (1 Chron. xii. 8—18.); 

2 Sam. xxiii. 13—17. (1 Chron. xi. 15— 

19.) 

David goes to Mizpeh.^ Then to Hareth. Slaughter 
of the priests by Saul. 

1 Sam. xxii. 3 — 19. See Ps. lii., cix., xvii., 
cxl., xxxv., lxiv. 

David defeats the Philistines/ 

1 Sam. xxiii. 1. ; xxii. 20 — 23. ; xxiii. 6, 2 — 
5, 7—12. See Ps. xxxi. 

Saul pursues David/' 

1 Sam. xxiii. 13—23. (See Ps. liv.) ; 1 Sam. 
xxiii. 24—28. 



Place. — a, Gilgal. b, Bethlehem, c, Ephes-dammim. d, jSTaioth. e, Nob 
and Gath. /, Cave of Adullara. g, Nob. h, Keiiah. i, Ziph and Maon. 



c 2 



20 A POPULAR HARMONY 



1058. 



1057. 



1056. 



1055. 



David spares Saul's life." 

1 Sam. xxiii. 29. ; xxiy. ; See Ps. lvii., lviii., 
lxiii. 

Death of Samuel. 6 Affair between David and 
Nabal. 1 Sam. xxv. 

David again spares Saul's life. c 1 Sam. xxvi. 

David goes to Gath. ... 1 Sam. xxvii. 1.; Ps. cxli. 

Abodes at Ziklag 1 Sam. xxvii. 2 — 7. 

Some of his followers resort to him. 

1 Chron. xii. 1 — 7. 

Makes predatory invasions. ...1 Sam. xxvii. 8 — 12. 

Philistines prepare for war. d Saul consults a 
witch. 1 Sam. xxviii. 

David dismissed from the army- of the Philistines. 
1 Sam.xxix. (1 Chron. xii. 19—22.) 

Defeats the Amalekites 1 Sam. xxx. 

Saul defeated and slain with Jonathans 

1 Sam. xxxi. 1—13. (1 Chron. x. 1—12.) 
1 Chron. x. 13, 14. 

An Amalekite pretends to have slain Saul/ Is 
put to death. 2 Sam. i. 1 — 16. 

David's lament over Saul and Jonathan. 

2 Sam. i. 17—27. 

SECTION II. 

THE REIGX OF DAVID. 

David acknowledged king of Judah.= 

2 Sam. ii. 1 — 7. 

Ishbosheth proclaimed king of Israeli 

2 Sam. ii. 8—11. 



Place. — a, Engedi. b, Paran. c, Ziph. d, Endor. e, Gilboa. /, ZiHag. 
g, Hebron, h, Mahanaiin. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



21 



1053. 
1048. 



1047. 



1045. 



1044. 



1040. 



1038-6 



1035. 



Civil war. Ishbosheth and Abner slain. 

2 Sam. ii. 12—32 ; iii., iv. 

David anointed over all Israel.* His troops. 
2 Sam. v. 1—3. (1 Chron. xi. 1—3.). 1 Chron. 
xiii. 1 — 4. (See Ps. cxxxix.) 1 Chron. xii. 
23—40. 2 Sam. xxiii. 8—12. (1 Chron. xi. 
10—14.) 2 Sam. xxiii. 18— 39. (IChron.xi. 
20—41.) 1 Chron. xi. 41—47. 2 Sam. v. 4, 
5. 2 Sam. v. 6—10. (1 Chron. xi. 4—9.) 

Hiram's kindness. 6 David defeats the Philistines. 
2 Sam. v. 11—25. (1 Chron. xiv. 1—16.) 

1 Chron. xiv. 17. 

David removes the Ark from Kirjathjearim. c 
2 Sam. vi. 1—11. (1 Chron. xiii. 5—14.) 
[read Ps. lxviii.j 2 Sam. vi. 12. 1 Chron. 
xv. 1 — 24. [read Ps. cxxxii.] 2 Sam. vi. 
12—16. (1 Chron. xvi. 1—3.) 1 Chron. xvi. 
4 — 36. [read Ps. cv., xcvi., cvi.l 1 Chron. 
xvi. 37— 42. 2 Sam. vi. p. 19., p. 20. (1 Chron. 
xvi. 43.) 2 Sam. vi. 20—23. 

David forbidden to build the Temple. 

2 Sam. vii. (1 Chron. xvii.) read Ps. ii., xiv., 
xxii., xvi., cxviii., ex. 

David smites the Philistines, Moabites, Syrians, 
and Edomites. 

2 Sam. viii. (1 Chron. xviii.) See Ps.lx., cviii. 

Shows kindness to Saul's house 2 Sam. lx. 

Victory over the Ammonites, and their allies the 
Syrians.^ 

2 Sam. x. (1 Chron. xix.) Ps. xx., xxi. 

Rabbah besieged. David's adultery and murder. e 
2 Sam. xi. 1. (1 Chron. xx. 1. f. p.) 2 Sam. 
xi. 2—27. ; xii. 1—23. [See Ps. Ii., xxxii. ; 



Place. — a, Hebron and Jerusalem, b, Eephaim. c, House of Obed-edom, 
Jerusalem, d, Medeba and Helam. e, Jerusalem. 



C 3 



22 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



1032. 



1027 

to 

1023. 



xxxiii., ciii.] 2 Sam. xii. 26. (1 Chron. 
xx. 1, 1. p.) 2 Sam. xii. 30, 31. rl Chron. 
xx. 2, 3.) 

Amnon's incest. Solomon born. Absalom slays 
Amnon. Absalom's flight. 

2 Sam. xiii. 1—20.; xii. 24, 25.; xiii. 21—39. 

Absalom's return and revolt. David's flight and 
return.' 1 

2 Sam. xiv. 1—7, 15—17, 8—14, 18—23.; 
xv. 1—29.; [Ps. iii.]; 2 Sam. xv. 30—37.; 
xvi. 1 — 14. [Ps. vii.J; 2 Sam. xvi. 15 — 
23.; xvii. [Ps. xiii., xliii., lv., iv., v., lxii., 
cxliii., cxliv., lxx., Ixxi.] ; 2 Sam. xviii., 
xix., xx. 3. 

Sheba's revolt. 6 2 Sam. xx. 1, 2. 4—26. 

Three years' famine 2 Sam. xxi. 1 — 14. 

Last war with the Philistines. 

2 Sam. xxi. 15—17 ; 18—22. (1 Chron. xx. 
4—8.) 2 Sam. xxii. 1. [Ps. xviii. 1.] 2 Sam. 
xxii. 2—51. (Ps. xviii. 2—50.). 

David numbers Israel. The plague. 

2 Sam. xxiv. 1 — 4. (1 Chron. xxi. 1 — 4.); 
2 Sam. xxiv. 5 — 8. 2 Sam. xxiv. 9. 
(1 Chron. xxi. 5.) 1 Chron. xxvii. 23, 24. 
xxi. 6, 7. 2 Sam. xxiv. 10—25. (1 Chron. 
xxi. 8—27.) 1 Chron. xxi. 28—30. [Ps. 

XXX.] 

David prepares for the building of the Temple.* 

1 Chron. xxii. 

Rebellion of Adonijah.* Solomon proclaimed 
David's successor. 1 Kings, i. 

David makes arrangement for the Temple service.* 
1 Chron. xxiii. — xxvii. 1 — 22. 25 — 34. 



1022. 
1021. 
1019. 



1017. 



1015. 



Place.- 



i, Hebron, Jerusalem, and Mahanaim. b, Abel. c, Dan to 
Beer-sheba. d, Jerusalem. 



OP THE BIBLE. 23 



1015. David calls a solemn assembly. Charges Solomon. 
Exhorts the people to the work of the Temple. 
Their offerings. David's thankgiving. Solomon 
acknowledged king. 

1 Chron. xxviii. xxix. 1 — 25. [Ps. Ixxii. xci. 
cxlv.] 

David's final charge to Solomon.** His last words 
and death. 

1 Kings, ii. 1 — 7.; 2 Sam. xxiii. 1 — 7.; 
1 Chron. xxix. 26—30; 1 Kings, ii. 10, 11. 

Psalms of David. The date and occasion of their 
composition unknown. 

Ps. vi., viii., xii., xix., xxiii., xxiv., xxviii., 
xxix., xxxviii., xxxix., xl., xli., lxi., lxv., 
lxix., Ixxviii., lxxxvi., xcv., ci., civ., cxx., 
cxxi., cxxii., cxxiv., cxxxi., cxxxiii. 

SECTION III. 

REIGN OF SOLOMON. 

1015. Solomon's accession." 1 Chron. xxix. 28. 

His wisdom. His vision. 6 

1 Kings, ii. 12. (2 Chron. i. 1.) 2 Chron. i. 
2—5. 1 Kings, iii. 4. (2 Chron. i. 6.) 
1 Kings, iii. 5—12. (2 Chron. i. 7— 
12.) 1 Kings, iii. 13, 14. 1 Kings, iii. 
15. (2 Chron. i. 13.) 1 Kings, iii. 16—28. 

1014. Adonijah and Joab executed." Abiathar deposed. 

1 Kings, ii. 13—38. 

Prepares to build the Temple. 

2 Chron. ii. 1, 2. 1 Kings, v. 1. 1 Kings, 
v. 2—18. (2 Chron. ii. 3—18.) 

1011. Shimei executed." Solomon's marriage. 

1 Kings, ii. 39—46.; iii. 1—3. 

Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Gibeon. 

C 4 



24 A POPULAR HARMONY 



SECTION IV. 



B.C. 



Building of the Temple." 
1011 1 Kings, vi. 1—3. (2 Chron. iii. 1—4.) 2 Chron. 

iii. 5—9. 1 Kings, vi. 4—8. 15—22. ; 23. 28. 



TO 



(2 Chron. iii. 10—14.) 1 Kings, vi. 29— 
36.; vii. 13, 14, 15—22. (2 Chron. iii. 15— 
17.) 2 Chron. iv. i. 1 Kings, vii. 23—26. 
(2 Chron. iv. 2—5.) 1 Kings, vii. 27—37, 
38, 39. (2 Chron. iv. 6—10.) 2 Chron. iv. 
7—9. 1 Kings, vii. 40—50. (2 Chron. iv. 
11—22.) 1 Kings, vi. 9-14. 37, 38. ; vii. 
51. (2 Chron. v. i.) 

1004. The dedication of the Temple. 

1 Kings, viii. 1—10. (2 Chron. v. 2—11.) 
2 Chron. v. 11— 13. 1 Kinsrs, viii. 10, 11. 
(2 Chron. v. 13, 14.) 1 Kings, viii. 62—64. 
(2 Chron. vii. 4 — 7.) 1 Kings, viii. 12 — 50. 
(2 Chron. vi. 1—39.) 1 Kings, viii. 50. 53. 
2 Chron. vi. 40—42. 1 Kings, viii. 54 — 61. 
2 Chron. vii. 1—3. 1 Kings, viii. 65, 66. 
(2 Chron. vii. 8—10.) [Ps. xlvii. xcvii. 
xcviii., xcix v c., cxxxv., cxxxvi.] 

1001. Solomon's other buildings. His vision. 

1 Kings, vii. 1—12. ; ix. 1—9. (2 Chron. vii. 
11—22.) 

Solomon's possessions and conquests. 6 His Temple 
services. 

1 Kings, ix. 10—14. 1 Kings, ix. 15 — 23. 
(2 Chron. viii. 1—10.) 1 Kings, ix. 25. 
(2 Chron. viii. 12—16.) 



Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Tadmor, &c. 






OP THE BIBLE. 25 



SECTION V. 

1000. Solomon brings Pharaoh's daughter home to the 
new palace.* His song upon, probably, that 
occasion. 

1 Kings, ix. 24. (2 Chron. viii. 11.); Cant, 
i — viii. 

Solomon's greatness. 

1 Kings, iv. 1—20.; 21. (2 Chron. ix. 26.); 
1 Kings, iv. 22—25.; 26. (2 Chron. ix. 
25.); 1 Kings, iv. 27, 28. ; x. 26. (2 Chron. 
i. 14.); 1 Kings, ix. 26—28. (2 Chron. 
viii. 17, 18.); 1 Kings, x, 14—25. (2 Chron. 
ix. 13—21. 24.); 1 Kings, x. 27—29. 
(2 Chron. i. 15— 17; ix. 27, 28.) 

Solomon's wisdom. 

1 Kings, iv. 29. ; iv. 30, 31. (2 Chron. ix. 22.) 
1 Kings, iv. 32, 33. Prov. i — xxxi. 

990. Solomon's fame. Visit of the Queen of Sheba. a 

1 Kings, iv. 34. (2 Chron. ix. 23.) ; 1 Kings, 
x. 1—13. (2 Chron. ix. 1—12.) 

980 Solomon's sin. Hadad, Rezon, and Jeroboam 
qY^j raised up against him. The destruction of his 

kingdom predicted by the prophet Ahijah. 

1 Kings, xi. 1 — 40. [Eccl. i — xii.l 

975. Solomon's death and burial. 

1 Kings, xi. 41—43. (2 Chron. ix. 29—31.) 



Place.— a, Jerusalem. 



26 A POPULAR HARMONY 



- 



PAKT 

(A Period of 
FROM THE ACCESSION OF REHOBOAM, B. C. 975, 

SECTION 

HISTORY OF THE KINGDOMS 

1. The accession of Kehoboam. The revolt of the ten 
and Benjamin, remaining faithful to Kehoboam, form 



B.C. 

975. 



974. 

973. 
972. 
970. 

958. 

958. 
957. 



JlTDAH. 

2. Kehoboam, king (17 years). 

2 Kings, xiv. 21. (2 Chron, xii. 13.) 

4. Kehoboam prepares to attack the ten tribes: for- 
bidden by Shemaiah. 

1 Kings, xii. 21—24. (2 Chron. xi. 1—4.) 

6. Kehoboam's kingdom and family. 

2 Chron. xi. 5—23.) 

7. The kings and the nations. 

1 Kings, xiv. 22—24. (2 Chron. xii. 1.) 

8. Shishak plunders Jerusalem. 

1 Kings, xiv. 25—28. (2 Chron. xii. 2—12.) 

9. Keign and death of Kehoboam. 

1 Kings, xiv. 21 . (2 Chron. xii. 13.) ; 2 Chron. xii. 
14; 1 Kings, xiv. 29— 31. (2 Chron. xii. 15, 16.) 

10. Abijah, king (3 years). 

1 Kings, xv. 1, 2. 6. ; (2 Chron. xiii. 1, 2.) 

11. Defeats Jeroboam 2 Chron. xiii. 3 — 21. 



The figures in the margin show the order 



OF THE BIBLE. 



27 



VI. 

369 Years.) 
TO THE BEGINNING OF THE CAPTIVITY, B.C. 606. 

I. 

OP JUDAH AND ISRAEL. 

tribes to Jeroboam, forming the Kingdom of Israel. Judah. 
the Kingdom of Judah. IKings, xii. 1 — 19. (2 Chron. x.) 



Israel. 
3. Jeroboham, king (22 years)... 1 Kings, xii. 20. 

5. Jeroboam sets up golden calves at Dan and 
Bethel ; reproved by a man of God ; the.reprover 
afterwards slain. 1 Kings, xii. 25 — 33. ; xiii. 



B.C. 

975. 



974. 



in which, the subjects should be read. 



28 



A POPULAR HAEMONY 



JlJDAH. 



955. 13. Abijah's character and death. Asa, king 
(41 years). 
1 Kings, xv. 3 — 5. ; 1 Kings, xv. 7, 8. (2 Chron. 
xiii. 22. xiv. 1.) ; 1 Kings, xv. 9, 10. 



951. 16. Asa destroys idolatry and strengthens his 
kingdom. 
1 Kings, xv. 11. (2 Chron. xiv. 2.); 2 Chron. 
xiv. 3. ; 1 Kings, xv. 12. ; 1 Kings, xv. 13. 
(2 Chron. xv. 16.) ; 2 Chron. xiv. 4, 5. ; 1 
Kings, xv. 14, 15. (2 Chron. xv. 17, 18.) 
2 Chron. xiv. 6—8. 

44. 17. Asa's victory over the Ethiopians. 

2 Chron. xiv. 9 — 15. 

41. 18. Asa's covenant with God. 

2 Chron. xv. 1— 15, 19. 

940. 19. Leagueswith the king of Syria against Baasha ; 
reproved by Hanani. 

1 Kings, xv. 16—22.*; 2 Chron. xvi. 7—10. 
[* See also 2 Chron. xvi. 1—6.] 



OF TIIE BIBLE. 29 



Israel. 

12. Jeroboam and Israel denounced by Alrijah. 

1 Kings, xiv. 1 — 18. 



14. Jeroboam's death 1 Kings, xiv. 19, 20. 

Nadab, king (2 years).... 1 Kings, xv. 25, 26. 

Baasha, king (24 years). 

1 Kings, xv. 27—34. 



20. Baasha attacked by the king of Syria. 

2 Chron. xvi. 1 — 6. 

21. Baasha denounced by Jehu ; his death. 
Elah, king (2 years). 1 Kings, xvi. 1 — 8. 

22. Elah slain. Zimri king (7 days) ; destroys 
Baasha's house ; Omri elected by the army ; 
Zimri's death. 1 Kings, xvi. 9 — 20. 

23. Omri, king (12 years) ; civil war. 

1 Kings, xvi. 21—26. 

24. Omri dies ; Ahab, king (22 years) ; Jericho 
rebuilt. 1 Kings, xvi. 27 — 34. 



30 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



JUDAH. 

25. Asa dies ; Jehoshaphat, king ; his piety and 
prosperity. 

1 Kings, xv. 23,24. (2 Chron. xvi. 11—14. ; 
xvii. 1.) ; 1 Kings, xxii. 41 — 43. (2 Chron. 
xx. 31—33.); 1 Kings, xxii. 44, 46, 47.; 
2 Chron. xvii. 2—19. 



914 

to 

912. 



897. 29. Jehoshaphat joins Ahab against the Syrians. 

2 Chron. xviii.* 
[* See also 1 Kings, xxii. 1 — 35.] 

896. 31. Jehoshaphat reproved. His good government. 

2 Chron. xix. [Ps. lxxxii.l 

32. Victory over the Moabites, Ammonites and 
Syrians. Chron. xx. 1 — 30. [Ps. cxv. ; xlvi.] 

33. He joins Ahaziah to send ships to Tharshish. 
2 Kings, xxii. 48, 49. (2 Chron. xx.35— 37.) 



92. 40. Jehoram begins to reign in consort with 
Jehoshaphat. 2 Kings, viii. 16. 



OF THE BIBLE. 31 



Israel. 



26. Elijah's history 1 Kings, xvii — xix. 

27. Syrians' defeat 1 Kings,xx. 

28. Ahab takes Naboth's vineyard... 1 Kings, xxi. 

30. Ahab slain at Ramoth-Gilead. 

1 Kings, xxii. 1 — 35. (36—40.) 

Ahaziah, king (2 years). 1 Kings, xxii. 51 — 53. 



34. Ahaziah's sickness and death 2 Kings, i. 

Jehoram, king (12 years)... .2 Kings, iii. 1 — 5. 

35. Elijah translated 2 Kings, ii. 

36. Jehoram, joined by Jehoshaphat, defeats the 
Moabites. 2 Kings, iii. 6—27. 

37. Elisha multiplies the widow's oil ; promises 
a son to the Shunamite. 2 Kings, iv. 1 — 17. 

38. Naaman healed 2 Kings, v. 

39. Elisha's miracles 2 Kings, vi. 1—23. 

41. Siege of Samaria.. ..2 Kings, vi. 24—33. ; vii. 

42. Elisha raises to life the Shunamite's son ; other 
miracles. 2 Kings, iv. 18 — 44. ; viii. 1, 2. 



32 A POPULAR HARMONY 

JUDAH. 

889 43. Death of Jehoshaphat ; Jehoram, king 
g*% (8 years) ; his evil reign. 

1 Kings, xxii. 45. (2 Chron. xx. 34.); 1 Kings, 
xxii. 50. (2 Chron. xxi. 1.) ; 2 Chron. xxi. 2 
—4.; 2 Kings, viii. 17 — 19. (2 Chron. xxi. 
5—7.) ; 2 Chron. xxi. 11—15.; 2 Kings, 
viii. 20—22. (2 Chron. xxi. 8—10.) ; 2 
Chron. xxi. 16. 18. 

886. 44. Ahaziah begins to reign as viceroy to his 
father. 1 Kings, ix. 29. 

885. 45. Death of Jehoram; Ahaziah, king (1 year); 
his evil reign. 

2 Kings, viii. 23, 24. (2 Chron. xxi. 19, 20.) ; 
2 Kings, viii. 25—27. (2 Chron. xxii. 1—4.) 

884. 47. Ahaziah joins Jehoram against Hazael ; their 
meeting at Jezreel. 

2 Kings, viii. 28, 29. (2 Chron. xxii. 5, 6.) 

49. Ahaziah slain by Jehu at Jezreel. 

2 Chron. xxii. 7—9.* 

[* See also 2 Kings, ix. 14—28.] 

51. Athaliah, queen (6 years) ; Joash. the son 
of Ahaziah, rescued. 

2 Kings, xi. 1—3. (2 Chron. xxii. 10—12.) 

53. Athaliah slain. Joash is produced; king 
(40 years). 

2 Kings, 4—20. (2 Chron. xxiii.) ; 2 Kings, 
xi. 21., xii. 1, 2. (2 Chron. xxiv. 1, 2.) ; 2 
Kings, xi. 3.; 2 Chron. xxiv. 3. 

856. 56. Joash repairs the Temple. 

2 Kings, xii. 4—16 (2 Chron. xxiv. 4 — 14.) 



842. 59. Death of Jehoiada 2 Chron. xxiv. 15, 16. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



33 



Israel. 



46. The Shunaniite returns. Hazael's conspiracy. 

2 Kings, viii. 3 — 15. 



48. Jehu anointed 2 Kings, ix. 1 — 13. 



50. Jehoram slain by Jehu at Jezreel. 

2 Kings, ix. 14—28. 

52. Jehu, king (28 years) ; slays Jezebel, Ahab's 
sons, Ahaziah's brethren, and the worshippers 
of Baal. 2 Kings, ix. 30—37. ; x. 1—31. 



54. Jonah sent to Nineveh Jon. i — iv. 

55. Hazael oppresses Israel 2 Kings, x. 32, 33. 

57. Death of Jehu 2 Kings, x. 34—36. 

Jehoahaz, king (17 years). 2 Kings, xiii. 1, 2. 

58. Israel given over to Hazael and Benhadad. 

2 Kings, xiii. 3. 
60. Israel delivered 2 Kings, xiii. 4 — 7. 

D 



34 A POPULAR HARMONY 



JUDAH. 



B. C. 



840. 62. Judgments upon Joash for idolatry (Ze- 
chariah, the priest, reproves the people ; is 
stoned). 

2 Kings, xii. 17, 18. ; 2 Cliron. xxiv. 17—24. 

63. Joash slain by his servants. Amaziah, 
king (29 years). 

2 Kings, xii. 19—21. (2 Cliron. xxiv. 25— 
27.) ; 2 Kings, xiv. 1—6. (2 Chron. xxv. 
1-4.) 



127. 66. Victory over the Edomites. 

2 Chron. xxv. 5—10. ; 2 Kings, xiv. 7. (2 
Chron. xxv. 11.); 2 Chron. xxv. 12—16. 

826. 67. Amaziah fights against Israel. 

2 Ki. xiv. 8—14.* 

[* See also 2 Chron. xxv. 17—24.] 



810. 71. Amaziah dies. Uzziah, king (52 years) ; 
his kingdom strengthened. 

2 Kings, xiv. 17—20. (2 Chron. xxv. 25— 
28.) 2 Kings, xiv. 21, 22. (2 Chron. xxvi. 
1, 2.) ; 2 Kings, xv. 1. ; 2 Kings, xv. 2, 
3. (2 Chron. xxvi. 3, 4.) ; 2 Kings, xv. 
4. ; 2 Chron. xxvi. 5 — 15. 



787. 74. Uzziah increases his army; Joel predicts 
Judah's overthrow. Joel, i — iii. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



35 



Israel. 

61. Jehoash begins to reign in consort with 
Jehoakaz. 2 Kings, xiii. 10. 



64. Death of Jehoahaz. Jehoash or Joash, king 
(16 years) ; visits Elisha ; Hazael dies. 

2 Kings, xiii. 8, 9, 11, 14-19, 22—24. 

65. Elisha dies ; conquests of Jehoash. 

2 Kings, xiii. 20, 21, 25. 



68. Jehoash defeats Amaziah. 

2 Chron. xxv. 17—24. 

69. Jehoash dies. Jeroboam II., king (41 years). 

2 Kings, xiii. 12, 13., xiv. 15, 16 ; 23, 24. 

70. He restores the coasts of Israel. 

2 Kings, xiv. 25—27. 



72. Hosea's first appeal to the ten tribes. 

Hos. i — iii. 

73. Judah, Israel, and the surrounding nations 
denounced by the Prophet Amos. i — ix. 

75. Jeroboam dies ..2 Kings, xiv. 28, 29. 



■d 2 



36 


A POPULAR HARMONY 




JUDAH. 


B. C. 

765. 


81. Uzziah struck with leprosy ; Jotham, regent. 
2 Chron. xxv. 16 — 19. ; 2 Kings, xv. 5. ; 
(2 Chron. xxvi. 20, 21.) 


758. 


84. Isaiah begins to prophesy. Isa. i. 1. ; vi. ii — v. 




85. Uzziah dies. Jotham, king (16 years). 

2 Kings, xv. 6, 7. (2 Chron. xxvi. 22, 23.) ; 
2 Kings, xv. 32. ; xv. 33—35. (2 Chron. 
xxvii. 1, 2.) ; 2 Kings, xv. 35. (2 Chron. 
xxvii. 3.) ; 2 Chron. xxvii. 3 — 6. 




86. Micah reproves Judah ,...Mic. i, ii. 


742. 


87. Syria begins to afflict Judah and Israel. 
Jotham dies. 

2 Kings, xv. 36. (2 Chron. xxvii. 7.) ; 2 Chron. 
xxvii. 8. ; 2 Kings, xv. 37. ; xv. 38. (2 




Chron. xxvii. 9.) 




88. Ahaz, king (16 years). 

2 Kings, xvi. 1. ; xvi. 2 — 4. (2 Chron. 
xxviii. 1 — 4.) 




89. Invasion of Pekah and Eezin. Isaiah pro- 
phesies. 2 Kings, xvi. 5. ; Isa. vii — x. 1 — 4. 




90. Isaiah predicts the ruin of Damascus, and the 
ten tribes. Isa. xvii. 


741. 


91. Judah harassed by Pekah. 

2 Chron. xxviii. 5 — 1 



OF THE BIBLE. 



37 



Israel. 

76. Interregnum (11 years); the state of the 
kingdom during that time. Hos. iv. 

77. Zachariah, king (6 mo.) 2 Kings, xv. 8 — 12. 

78. Shallum, king (1 mo.) 2 Kings, xv. 13 — 15. 

79. Menahem, king (10 years). 2 Kings, xv. 16 — 
18. 

80. King of Assyria (Pul), comes up against 
Israel 2 Kings, xv. 19, 20. 

82. Menahem dies. Pekahiah, king (2 years). 

2 Kings, xv. 21—24. 

83. Pekahiah dies. Pekah, king (20 years). 

2 Kings, xv. 25—28. 



D 3 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



B. C. 

740. 



739. 



726. 



JUDAH. 

92. Ahaz invites alliance with Tiglath-Pileser ; 
Isaiah and Obadiah prophesy. 

2 Kings, xvi. 6. ; xvi: 7, 8. (2 Chron. 
xxviii. 16, 21.) ; 2 Chron. xxviii. 17 — 19. ; 
[Isa. i. 2—31. See Obadiah] ; 2 Kings, xvi. 
9. (2 Chron. xxviii. 20.) 

94. Ahaz's sacrilege. 

2 Chron. xxviii. 22. ; 2 Kings, xvi. 10—18. 
(2 Chron. xxviii. 23 — 25.) ; Hos. v, vi. 



97. Ahaz dies. 
2 Kings, xvi. 19, 20. (2 Chron. xxviii. 26, 

27.); Isa. xiv. 28—32. 

98. Hezekiah, king (29 years). 
2 Kings, xviii. 1. ; xviii. 2. (2 Chron. 

xxix. 1.) 

99. Hezekiah's Reformation ; the Passover cele- 
brated. 

2 Kings, xviii. 3. (2 Chron. xxix. 2.) ; 
2 Kings, xviii. 4 — 6. ; 2 Chron. xxix. 3 — . 
36. ; xxx, xxxi. 

100. Moab denounced Isa. xv, xvi. 

725. 101. Micah supports Hezekiah's reformation. 

Mic. iii — vii. 



723. 103. Hezekiah's prosperity.... 2 Kings, xviii. 7, 8. 



721. 105. Restoration of Israel predicted ; punishment 
of Egypt ; conversion of Egypt and Assyria. 

Isa. xviii, xix. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



39 



Israel. 

93. Tiglath-Pileser takes several of the Israelites 
captives. 2 Kings, xv. 29. 



95. Pekah slain by Hoshea...2 Kings, xv. 30, 31. 

{Anarchy nine years.) 

96. Hosea, king (9 years) 2 Kings, xvii. 1, 2. 



102. Shalmaneser imprisons Hosea. Captivity 
of the ten tribes predicted. 

2 Kings, xvii. 3, 4. ; Hos. vii — xiv. 

104. Shalmaneser besieges Samaria. 

2 Kings, xvii. 5. ; xviii. 9. 

106. The ten tribes carried into captivity. 
2 Kings, xvii. 6—23. ; xviii. 10—12. 



L> 4 



40 A POPULAR HARMONY 



B.C. 

720. 
715. 



SECTION II. 

HISTORY OF JUDAH ALONE. 

Nineveh's destruction foretold Nah. i — iii. 

Tyre's overthrow predicted Isa. xxiii. 



Invasion by Assyria foretold. 

Isa. x. 5 — 34. ; xi, xii, xiii, xiv. 1 — 27. 
714. Desolation and recovery of Judea predicted. 

Isa. xxiv — xxvii. 
713. Sennacherib's first invasion." Isaiah prophesies 
before and after. 

[Isa. xxii. 1 — 14.; xxi.] 2 Kings, xviii. 13. 
(2 Chron. xxxii. 1. Isa. xxxvi.); 2 Chron. 
xxxiii. 2 — 8.; 2 Kings, xviii. 14 — 16. [Isa. 
xx, xxix — xxxi.] 
Hezekiah's sickness." His song. Isaiah prophesies. 
2 Kings, xx. 1 — 6. (2 Chron. xxxii. 24. ; Isa. 
xxxviii. 1 — 6.); 2 Kings, xx. 8. (Isa. xxxviii. 
2.); 2 Kings, xx. 9 — 11. (Isa. xxxviii. 7, 8.); 
2 Kings, xx. 7. (Isa. xxxviii. 21.); Isa. xxxviii. 
9 — 20. [Isa. xxxii — xxxv.J 
12. Hezekiah's pride during the visit of Merodach- 
baladan's (the king of Babylon) Ambassadors. 6 
2 Kings, xx. 12 — 19. (Isa. xxxix.); 2 Chron. 
xxxii. 25, 26. 

710. Sennacherib's second invasion." His army de- 
stroyed. 

2 "Kings, xviii. 17—37. (Isa. xxxvi. 2—22. ; 
2 Chron. xxxii. 9 — 21.) ; 2 Kings, xix. 1 — 
7. (Isa. xxxvii. 1 — 7.) [Ps. xliv.] 2 Kings, 
xix. 8—19. (Isa. xxxvii. 8—20.) [Ps. 
lxxiii.] 2 Kings, xix. 20 — 35. (Isa. xxxvii. 
21—36.) [Ps.lxxv, Ixxvi.]; 2 Kings, xix. 
36, 37. (Isa. xxxvii. 37, 38.); 2 Chron. 
xxxii. 22, 23. 

Place. — a, Judea. b, Jerusalem. 



OF THE BIBLE. 41 



710. Divers prophecies of Isaiah Isa. xl — Ixvi. 

Hezekiah dies. 68 Manasseh, king. His impiety. 
2 Chron. xxxii. 27—31. ; 2 Kings, xx. 20, 21. 
(2 Chron. xxxii. 32, 33.) ; 2 Kings, xxi. 1— 
]0. (2 Chron. xxxiii. 1—10.) ; 2 Kings, xxi. 
11 — 15. ; 2 Chron. xxxiii. 10. ; 2 Kings, xxi. 
16. 

Captivity of Shebna predicted... Isa. xxii. 15 — 25. 

678. The nation being transplanted in Samaria, 6 are 
plagued with lions, and make a mixture of re- 
ligion. 2 Kings, xvii. 24 — 41. 

677. Captivity of Manasseh. He turns to God and is 
restored. 2 Chron. xxxiii. 11 — 17. 

643. Manasseh dies. Amon, king (2 years). His im- 
piety. 2 Kings, xxi. 17. (2 Chron. xxxiii. 18.) 
2 Chron. xxxiii. 19. ; 2 Kings, xxi. 18—22. 
(2 Chron. xxxiii. 20—22.) 2 Chron. xxxiii. 
23. 

641. Amon dies." Josiah, king (31 years). 2 Kings, 
xxi. 23, 24. (2 Chron. xxxiii. 24, 25.) ; 2 Kings, 
xxi. 25, 26.; xxii. 1. (2 Chron. xxxiv. 1.); 
2 Kings, xxii. 1. ; xxii. 2. (2 Chron. xxxiv. 2.) 

634. Josiah destroys idolatry."... 2 Chron. xxxiv. 3 — 7. 

629. Jeremiah expostulates with the Jews." 

Jer. i — iii. 1 — 5. 

624. Josiah's Reformation of Keligion." 

2 Kings, xxii. 3—20. (2 Chron. xxxiv. 8—28.); 
2 Kings, xxiii. 1 — 3. (2 Chron. xxxiv. 29 — 
32.); 2 Kings, xxiii. 4 — 20. ; 2 Chron. xxxiv. 
33. 

Zephaniah persuades to repentance." 

Zeph. i — iii. 

Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, from Assyria, c, Babylon. 



42 A POPULAR HARMONY 



B. C. 

623. Celebration of the Passover." 

2 Kings, xxiii. 21—23, (2 Chron. xxxv. 1 — 
19.); 2 Kings, xxiii. 24—27. 

612. Jeremiah reproves the baekslidings of the people." 
Bewails the coming captivity. 

Jer. iii. 6 — 25. ; iv — vi. 

Habakkuk foretells of Judgment." . .. Hab. i — iii. 

Jeremiah exhorts, &c. a Jer. vii — xii. 

610. Josiah dies. 6 Jehoahaz, king (3 months). 

2 Kings, xxiii. 29, 30. (2 Chron. xxxv. 20— 
24.); 2 Chron. xxxv. 24, 25.; 2 Kings, xxiii. 
28. (2 Chron. xxxv. 26, 27.); 2 Kings, xxiii. 
30, 31. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 1, 2.) ; 2 Kings, xxiii. 
32. 

Jehoahaz deposed by Pharaoh-necho. c Jehoiakim:, 
king (11 years). 

2 Kings, xxiii. 33, 34. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 3, 
4.); 2 Kings, xxiii. 35.; xxiii. 36, 37. 
(2 Chron. xxxvi. 5.) 

609. Jeremiah predicts of, and appeals to the Jews, re- 
specting the captivity and destruction of Jeru- 
salem. 6 * Predicts the fall of Pashur, Shallum, 
and Jehoiakim. 

Jer. xiii — xix. ; xx. ; xxii. 1 — 23. 

608. Jeremiah apprehended and arraigned : his con- 
duct." Jer. xxvi. 

606. Jeremiah predicts the overthrow of Pharaoh- 
necho's army." Jer. xlvi. 1 — 12. 

The Rechabites' obedience." Jer. xxxv. 



Place.— a, Jerusalem, b, Megiddo. c, Eiblah. 



OF THE BIBLE. 43 

B. C. 

606. Jeremiah predicts the seventy years' captivity. 

Jer. xxv. 

First reading of the roll." Consolation to Baruch. 
Jer. xxxvi. 1 — 8. ; xlv. 

The Captivity begins. Daniel taken to Babylon. 
2 Kings, xxiv. 1. f. p. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 6, 7.); 
Dan. i. 1—7. 



Place. — a, Jerusalem. 



44 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



PART 

(A Period of 
FROM THE BEGINNING OP THE CAPTIVITY, B. C. 606, TO 

SECTION 

contemporaneous events 
Jerusalem. 



B. C. 

605. 
603. 



599. 



597. 



2. Second reading of the roll. Jer. xxxvi. 9 — 32. 

3. Jehioakim rebels against Nebuchadnezzar. 

2 Kings, xxiv. 1 — 4. 

5. Jehoiakim dies. Jehoiachin, or Jeconlih, 
king (3 months). His captivity. 

2 Kings, xxiv. 5, 6. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 8.) ; 
2 Kings, xxiv. 7. ; 8, 9. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 
9.) ; Jer. xxii. 24 — 30. ; xxiii. 

6. Jehoiakim in captivity. Zedekiah, or Matta- 
niah, king (11 years). 

2 Kings, xxiv. 10—17. (2 Chron. xxxvi. 10.); 
2 Kings, xxiv. 18, 19. (2 Chron. xxxiv. 11, 
12. Jer. lii. 1, 2.) [Jer. xxiv.] 

7. Duration of the captivity predicted. 

Jer. xxix. 1—14. ; 16—20. ; 15, 21—32. 

The Restoration predicted Jer. xxx., xxxi. 



* The figures in the margin show the order 



OF THE BIBLE. 



45 



VII. 

70 Years.) 

THE DECREE OF CYRUS, THE RESTORATION, B. C. 536, 

I. 

at jerusalem and babylon. 
Babylon. 



1.* The treatment of Daniel and his companions. 

Dan. i. 8—17. 



4. Daniel brought before Nebuchadnezzar. 

Dan. i. 18—21. 



606. 



603. 



in which the subjects should be read. 



46 A POPULAB HAKMONY 



5. C. 



JERUSALEM. 



595. 8. Predictions against the surrounding nations. 
Hananiah denounced. 

Jer. xxvii, xxviii. xlviii, xlix. 

Prediction against Babylon Jer. 1, li. 



593. 12. Zedekiah's rebellion and wickedness. 

[Jer. xxxviii. 1, 2.] 2 Kings, xxiv. 20. (2Chron. 
xxxvi. 13. Jer. Hi. 3.) 

14. The impiety of the priests and people. A short 
account of the j udgments that followed. 

2 Chron. xxxvi. 14—21. 

590. 15. Nebuchadnezzar begins the siege. 

2 Kings, xxv. 1. (Jer. xxxix. 1. ; Hi. 4. ) ; 
Jer. xxxvii. 3, 4. 

17. The capture of Zedekiah and of the city pre- 
dicted. Hebrew slaves released. 

Jer. xxxiv. 1 — 10 

589. 18. Jeremiah imprisoned Jer. xxxii, xxxiii. 



20. The siege raised. Destruction of Egypt and 
Philistia predicted. Jer. xxxvii. 5 — 10. ; xlvii. 

21. Hebrew slaves recalled. Consequent judg- 
ments. Jer. xxxiv. 11 — 22. 

588. 22. Jeremiah again imprisoned. Continues to de- 
nounce Zedekiah. He is put in the dungeon 
of Malchiah. 

Jer. xxxviii. 11 — 21.; xxi. ; xxxviii.; xxxix. 
15—18. 



OF THE BIBLE. 47 



BABYLON. 



9. Ezekiel's commission. He prophesies of the 595. 
miseries and destruction of Jerusalem. 

Ezek. i— iii. 1—21.; iii. 23—27. ; iv— vii. 

10. Visions of the idolatries which caused the cap- 594. 
tivity. Ezek. viii — -x., xi. 1 — 21. 

11. Predictions against Zedekiah, the False Pro- 
phets, Jerusalem and the Jewish Nations. 

Ezek. xi. 22 — 25. ; xii — xix. 

13. Prophecies addressed to the Elders of the 593. 
Jews. Ezek. xx — xxiii. 



16. Ezekiel predicts the destruction of Jerusalem. 590. 

Ezek. xxiv. 



19. Ezekiel prophesies against Egypt. 589. 

Ezek. xxix. 1 — 16. 



23. Prophecy against Egypt. 588. 

Ezek. xxx. 20 — 26. : xxxi. 



B.C. 



48 A POPULAR HARMONY 

Jerusalem. 

24. Capture op Zedekiah and Jerusalem. Tem- 
ple Burnt. Deliverance of Jeremiah. 

2 Kings, xxv. 2, 3. (Jer. lii. 5,6.); 2 Kings, 
xxv. 4. f. p. (Jer. lii. 7. f. p.; xxxix. 2.); 
Jer. xxxix. 3. 2 Kings, xxv. 4. 1. p. 7. 
(Jer. lii. 7. l.p. 11.; Jer. xxxix. 4 — 7.); Jer. 
xxxix. 11—14.; 2 Kings, xxv. 18—22. 
(Jer. lii. 24—27.) ; 2 Kings, xxv. 8—10. 
(Jer. lii. 12 — 14; xxxix. 8.); 2 Kings, xxv. 
13—17. (Jer. lii. 17—23.); 2 Kings, xxv. 
11, 12. Jer. lii. 15, 16; xxxix. 9, 10.) 
[Ps. lxxiv., lxxix., lxxxiii., xciv.] 

25. Jeremiah laments the state of his country. 

Lament, i — v. 

588. 26. Gedaliah appointed Governor. 

2 Kings, xxv. 22.; Jer. xl. 1 — 6.; 2 Kings, xxv. 
23, 24. (Jer. xl. 7—9.) ; Jer. xl. 10—16. 

27. Ishmael's conspiracy. Gedaliah. slain. The 
people flee into Egypt. 

2 Kings, xxv. 25, 26. Jer. xli — xliii. 1 — 7. 

28. Jeremiah prophesies against Egypt. 
Jer. xliii. 8—13. ; xlvi. 13—28. 

587. 29. Final predictions against the idolatrous Jews, 
and against Egypt. Jer. xliv. 



OF THE BIBLE. 49 



Babylon. 



B.C. 

30. Predictions against Judea, Ammon, Moab, &c. 587. 
Ezek. xxxiii. 21 — 33. ; xxv. 

Against Tyre Ezek. xxvi — xxviii. 

Against Egypt Ezek. xxxii. 

32. Captives appealed to Ezek. xxxiii. 1 — 20. 

33. Evil rulers denounced. The restoration 
promised. Predictions of Messiah's kingdom. 

Ezek. xxxiv — xxxvii. 

34. Ezekiel prophesies of the future contest be- 
tween the church and her enemies. Predicts 
the conversion of the Jews. 

Ezek. xxxviii, xxxix. 



50 A POPULAR HARMONY 



SECTION II. 

THE REMAINDER OF THE HISTORY OF THE JEWS 
IX CAPTIVITY. 

Vision of the Second Temple Ezek. xl — xlviii. 

Last prediction against Egypt. 

Ezek. xxix. 17—21., xxx. 1 — 19. 
Daniel reveals Nebuchadnezzar's dream. 

Dan. ii. 

Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego cast into the 
furnace. Dan. iii. 

Interpretation and fulfilment of Nebuchadnezzar's 
dream. Dan. iv. 

Evil-merodach becomes king of Babylon, and re- 
leases Jehoiachim from prison. 

2 Kings, xxv. 27—30. (Jer. Iii, 31—34.) 

Vision of the four living creatures Dan. vii. 

Belshazzar's feast. Babylon taken .Dan. v. 

Vision of the Ram and He-goat Dan. viii. 

Daniel's prayer for the restoration of Jerusalem. 
Prophecy of the seventy weeks. 

Dan. ix. ; Ps. cii. 

Daniel cast into the den of lions Dan. vi. 

Decree of Cyrus for the restoration of the Jews. 
2 Chron. xxxvi. 22, 23. Ezra, i. 1—4. 
[Ps. cxxvi. lxxxv.] 

Psalms ivritten chiefly in Babylon {some at Jeru- 
salem) during the affliction and distress of the 
Church in captivity. 
Ps. x. xiii, xiv, xv. xxv, xxvi, xxvii. 
xxxvi, xxxvii. xlix, 1. liii. lxvii. lxxvii. 
lxxx. lxxxix. xcii, xciii. cxxiii. cxxx. 
cxxxvii. 



OF THE BIBLE. 51 



B.C. 

536. 



535. 
534. 

520. 

519. 
515. 



PART VIII. 

(A Period of 139 Years.) 

FROM THE DECREE OF CYRUS, B.C. 536, TO 
THE CLOSE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT PRO- 
PHECY, B.C. 397. 

SECTION I. 

FROM THE RETURN OF THE JEWS TO THE DEDICA- 
TION OF THE SECOND TEMPLE. 

The return from captivity. 

Ezra, i. 5 — 11., ii, iii. 1 — 7- [Ps. lxxxvii. 
cvii. cxi, cxii, cxiii, cxiv. cxvi, cxvii. 
cxxv. cxxvii, cxxviii.] 

Foundation of the Second Temple laid. 

Ezra, iii. 8 — 13. [Ps. lxxxiv. lxvi.] 

Building of the Temple interrupted. 

Ezra, iv. 1—5. 24. [Ps. cxxix.] 

Last vision of Daniel Dan. x — xii. 

The building of the Temple resumed. 

Ezra, iv. 24.; v. 1 . ; Hag. i. 1—11.; Ezra, v. 2. ; 
Hag. i. 12—15., ii. 1—9.; Zech. i. 1—6.; 
Hag. ii. 10—23. ; Zech. i. 7—21., ii-vi. 

The building again interrupted, and again resumed. 
Ezra, v. 3 — 17. vi. 1 — 13. [Ps. cxxxviii.] 
Zech. vii, viii. 

Dedication of the second Temple. 

Ezra, vi. 14 — 22. [Ps. xlviii. lxxxi. cxlvi, 
cxlvii, cxlviii, cxlix, cl.] 



E 2 



52 A POPULAR HABMONY 



SECTION II. 



486. Opposition to the Jews in the reign of Xerxes. 

Ezra, iv. 6. 

464. Hinderance in the reign of Artaxerxes Longi- 
manuN Ezra, iv. 7 — 23. 

462. Artaxerxes divorces his queen. a Esth. i, ii. 1 — 15. 

458. Ezra's commission Ezra, vii, viii. 

457. Esther made queen. a Esth. ii. 15 — 20. 

Reformation by Ezra. 6 Ezra, ix, x. 

Zechariah's concluding prophecies. Zech. ix — xiv. 

Mordecai discovers the plot against Ahasuerus. a 

Esth. ii. 21—23. 

453. Haman's plot against the Jews. Its defeat ; his 
death. Esth. iii — x. 

445. First commission of Nehemiah. 6 Neh. i, ii. ] — 11. 

TTalls of Jerusalem rebuilt. 

Neh. ii. 12—20., iii— vi. 

Neheruiah returns to Persia Neh. vii. 1 — 4. 

444. His second commission ; the reformation he 
effects. 6 

Neh. vii. 5 — 73. ; viii — xi. ; xii. 1 — 9. ; 44 — 47. ; 
xiii. 1 — 3. [Ps. i. cxix.] 

433. Malachi prophesies against the corruptions intro- 
duced during the second absence of Nehemiah. 6 

Mai. i. iii. 1 — 15. 

428. Further reformation by Nehemiah. 6 

Neh. xiii. 4 — 31. 

Place. — a, Susa. b, Jerusalem. 



OF THE BIBLE. 53 



397. 



373. 

351. 

341. 
332. 

321. 
320. 

301. 



Malachi prophesies, and closes the Canon of the 
Old Testament. Mai. iii. 16—18., iv. 

Various detached genealogies, &c., inserted pro- 
bably at the completion of the Canon by Simon 
the Just. 1 Chron. i — ix.; Neh. xii. 10 — 26. 



PAET IX. 

(A Period of 301 Years.) 

A CHRONOLOGICAL TABLE OF EVENTS CON- 
NECTING THE OLD TESTAMENT WITH THE 
NEW. 

Johannan or Jonathan succeeds Joiada as high 
priest." 

Ochus, king of Persia, places Jews on the shores 
of the Caspian. 6 * 

Juddua, high priest. a 

Alexander, having destroyed Tyre, visits Jerusa- 
lem peaceably." 

Onias, high priest.® 

Ptolemy Soter having captured Jerusalem, places 
100,000 Jews in Alexandria and Cyrene. c * 

Alexander's dominions formed into four distinct 
kingdoms as predicted by Daniel.^ Seleucus, 
who obtained Syria and all the East, places a great 
many Jews in different cities of his dominions.* 



* Hence we find, in reading the Acts of the Apostles, so many colonies 
of Jews in various parts of the world. Acts, ii. 

Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Hyrcania. c, Egypt, d, the East. 
E 3 



54 A POPULAR HARMONY 

B. C. 

300. Simon the Just, high, priest.* He is thought to 
have added to the sacred Canon the books of 
Ezra, ]S T eheraiah, and Chronicles. 

292. Eleazar, high priest." 

277. The Greek version of the Old Testament made 
about this time (by seventy-two translators, 
and hence called the Septuagint) by the com- 
mand of Ptolemy Philadelphus, for his new 
library. 6 

246. Ptolemy Euergetes offers sacrifices at Jerusalem, 
on his return from the conquests of Syria and 
Cilicia. a 

216. Ptolemy Philopater visits Jerusalem. Attempts 
to offer sacrifices in the Holy of Holies " ; but 
being prevented, he attempts to destroy the 
Jews in Alexandria, who are miraculously 
saved. 

203. Antiochus the Great gets possession of Palestine." 

200. The sect of the Sadducees formed. 

199. Judea restored to the king of Egypt by the valour 
of Scopas, his general. 

198. Antiochus regains Judea. 

184. The sect of the Pharisees rise about this time. 

176. Heliodorus attempting to plunder the Temple, 
is prevented by an angel." 

170. Antiochus Epiphanes takes Jerusalem." Slays 
40,000. Plunders and profanes the Temple. 

167. Antiochus commences a fearful persecution of the 

Jews." 

165. Judas Maccabaeus purifies the Temple and insti- 
tutes the Feast of Dedication." He obtains 
many victories over the forces of Antiochus. 

Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Alexandria. 



OF THE BIBLE. 55 



B. C. 

161. 



149. 
144. 

141. 

135. 
130. 

107. 
106. 

79. 

70. 

65. 

63. 



Judas Maccabaeus slain." His brother Jonathan 
succeeds him. 

Onias builds a temple in Egypt after the fashion 
of that in Jerusalem. 6 

Jonathan murdered by Tryphon. c His brother 
Simon succeeds him, who the following year is 
made sovereign ruler by Demetrius. 

The regal and priestly officers unanimously con- 
firmed by the Jews to Simon and his descend- 
ants. 

Simon murdered. His son, John Hyrcanus, 
succeeds him. 

John Hyrcanus throws off the Syrian yoke/ 
Makes himself independent. Destroys the 
Temple on Mount Gerizim. Rules with vigour 
and ability. 

Aristobulus succeeds his father Hyrcanus c , and 
takes the title and insignia of King. 

Alexander Jannaeus succeeds his brother Aristo- 
bulus, and reigns with success twenty-seven 
years. 

Jannasus dies. c Alexandra, his wife, succeeds. 
Makes her son, Hyrcanus, high priest. En- 
courages the Pharisees. 

Alexandra dies. c Hyrcanus succeeds, but is 
forced to resign the crown to his younger 
brother Aristobulus. 

Pompey the Great reduces Syria to a Roman 
province. Hyrcanus endeavours to regain 
the crown. 

Hyrcanus and Aristobulus appeal to Pompey, who 
decides in favour of the former. Pompey takes 
Jerusalem and makes Judea tributary. 



Place. — a, Judea. b, Egypt, c, Jerusalem, d, Hyrcania. 
E 4 



56 A POPULAR HARMONY 

3TcT 

51. Aristobulus and his son Alexander, raising dis- 
turbances, are vanquished by Gabinius, the 
Roman Governor of Syria, who sets up a new 
form, of government." 

54. Crassus plunders the Temple." 

47. Antipater being appointed, by Julius Caesar, 
Procurator of Judea, makes his son Herod 
governor of Galilee, and Phasael governor of 
Jerusalem. 

44. The walls of Jerusalem rebuilt. 

43. Antipater poisoned. Herod and Phasael succeed. 

40. Jerusalem taken by the Parthians. Slay Phasael. 
Place Antigonus, son of Aristobulus, upon the 
throne. Herod flees to Rome and is appointed 
king of Judea. 

37. Herod takes Jerusalem. Beheads Antigonus, and 
is established king of Judea. Reigns thirty- 
four years. 

27. The Romans confer the monarchy of the whole 
Empire on Caasar Augustus. 

25. Herod rebuilds Samaria, and calls it Sebaste. 

17. Herod, after two years' preparation, begins to 
rebuild (portions of it) and enlarge the Temple. 
(See John, ii. 20.) ° 

Zecharias receives the announcement respecting 
the birth of John (the Baptist). 

The New Testament Canon begins. 



Place.— a, Jerusalem. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



COMPENDIOUS HISTORY 

OF 

THE JEWISH NATION 

BETWEEN THE CLOSE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT AND THE 
COMMENCEMENT OP THE NEW TESTAMENT. 



The events of this period being more the subjects of 
Scripture prophecy than any of the preceding, some ac- 
count of those events, it is considered, form a necessary 
accompaniment to every publication designed to illus- 
trate Holy Writ, and therefore a brief account of them, 
it is hoped, will not be deemed out of place in a popular 
Harmony of the Bible. 

The repeopling of the city of Jerusalem and the re- 
building of her walls were events brought about, under 
God, by Nehemiah, during the reign of Artaxerxes 
Longimanus. This king died, B.C. 424, and was suc- 
ceeded by his son Xerxes II., who was slain by his 
brother Sogdianus, who was also murdered by another 
brother, named Ochus. Ochus, on ascending the throne, 
took the name of Darius Nothus. It is generally sup- 
posed that it was during this king's reign that Malachi 
prophesied and Nehemiah effected his last act of reforma- 
tion. After the death (the period of which event is 
uncertain) of Nehemiah, Judea was made subject to the 
governor of Syria, the high-priest of the Jews exercising 
the local government under him. The Jews were sub- 
ject to the Persian empire; but, as the spirit of prophecy 
was withdrawn, guided by their ecclesiastical and civil 
polity, under their own law. 

B.C. 405. Artaxerxes Mnemon succeeded to the 



53 A POPULAR HAEMONY 

throne of Persia. Bagoses, the governor of Syria, having 
appointed Joshua to fill the place of his brother Johanan 
(who had been deposed) as high-priest ; the latter re- 
sisted (B.C. 366), and caused Joshua to be murdered 
in the inner court of the Temple, the result of which 
was that a heavy yearly fine was exacted, till the death 
(b. c. 359) of Artaxefxes caused a change in the govern- 
ment of Persia. The Jews having taken an active part 
in a revolt in Phoenicia, Oehus, the new Persian monarch, 
was incensed, laid siege to Jericho, and sold many of 
the Jews as captives. Johanan, the high-priest, died 
(b.c. 341), and was succeeded by his son Juddua. Ochus 
died (b.c. 338), and was succeeded by his son Arsaces, 
who died two years after by the same death as his father 
— poison. On the death of Arsaces (b. c. 336), Darius 
Codomanus was settled on the throne of Persia. The 
time had now arrived when the sure word of pro- 
phecy was to have its fulfilment — the Persian to be dis- 
placed by the Grecian power. Alexander, king of Ma- 
cedon, invaded Asia (b. c. 334), and by a rapid series of 
victories subdued all the countries from the banks of the 
Indus and the Caspian Sea to the Southern Ocean, and 
the furthest confines of Egypt, totally overthrowing the 
Persian monarchy and raising in its place the Grecian 
monarchy. This mighty victor died at Babylon (b. c. 323), 
at the early age of thirty-three, — a most impressive in- 
stance of the vanity of all earthly greatness. 

During the rapid progress of Alexander, a remarkable 
circumstance is recorded to have taken place. The Jews 
having assisted the people of Tyre against Alexander, 
immediately after conquering that city he set out with 
the full determination of being revenged on the Jews 
by destroying their city, Jerusalem. Juddua, the high- 
priest, hearing of the intention of the conqueror, besought 
the Divine interposition in their favour. He was di- 
rected, in a vision, to go forth in his robes, as high-priest, 
accompanied by the priests in their robes and the people 
in white garments, to meet Alexander. This solemn 
procession awaited the approach of the conqueror. Alex- 



OF THE BIBLE. 59 



ander, on beholding the high-priest, hastened forward, 
and saluted him with a respect and veneration for which 
the attendants could not account. Parmenio, the royal 
favourite, inquiring the reason for this adoration, Alex- 
ander replied that it was not Juddua that he adored, but 
the God whom Juddua served. He added, that while in 
Macedonia, deliberating as to his expedition against Asia, 
a personage, resembling the high-priest, and in a similar 
habit, appeared to him in a dream, assuring him that 
God would be his guide and would give success to his 
expedition. Alexander then laid aside his purpose of 
wrath against the Jews, and, entering Jerusalem with 
Juddua in a friendly manner, offered sacrifices to Jehovah. 
The high-priest showed him the prophecy of Daniel, in 
which his invasion and success against the Persian 
monarch is so plainly predicted. On leaving Jerusalem, 
Alexander desired the Jews to ask of him any favour 
they wished to obtain, upon which they petitioned to be 
allowed the free exercise of their laws and religion, and 
to be exempted from tribute during the sabbatical year. 
Their request being readily complied with, the Sama- 
ritans made the like request. Their petition not being 
immediately granted, they revolted, and slew the go- 
vernor whom Alexander had appointed. On the return 
of Alexander from Egypt the year after, he drove the 
Samaritans from Samaria and peopled it with Macedo- 
nians, giving the rest of their territories to the Jews. 
The Samaritans who escaped retired to Shechem, on 
Mount Gerizim, which became their principal seat. 

After the death of Alexander his empire was broken 
into four kingdoms, each under one of his principal ge- 
nerals — Cassander took Macedonia and Greece — Lysi- 
machus took Thrace, Bithynia, and the north — Seleucus 
Nicator took Syria, Armenia, and the eastern parts — 
Laomedon, a petty officer, took Egypt, Libya, Palestine, 
&c. This last, however, was afterwards seized by Pto- 
lemy Lagus. The Jews refusing to submit to Ptolemy, 
he invaded Judea, and captured Jerusalem, b. c. 320. Many 
of its inhabitants were carried away into Egvpt ; but 



60 A POPULAR HARMONY 

being treated with much kindness, others followed of 
their own accord. 

Jealousy and rivalry arising among Alexander's suc- 
cessors they had recourse to arms. Antigonus, one of his 
captains, got possession of Judea ; but was soon after put 
to death, and Ptolemy again became governor, B.C. 301. 
Soon after B.C. 292, the high-priest, Simon the Just, 
died : a man distinguished for wisdom and virtuous con- 
duct ; he is considered to have completed the Canon of 
the Old Testament in the form it has come down to us. 
Ptolemy Philadelphus ascended the throne of Egypt, b. c. 
284, and in him the Jews found a kind protector. Dur- 
ing his reign, the Old Testament, called the Septuagint 
version, is said to have been made by seventy Jews at the 
express command of Ptolemy for his famous library. 

A series of events followed, which had been prophesied 
by Daniel, ch. xi. Antiochus Theos having succeeded 
his father Antiochus Soter, the son of Seleucus, as king 
of Syria, a long and sanguinary war ensued between him 
and Ptolemy, which ended, b. c. 249, by a treaty, in which 
Antiochus agreed to divorce his wife Laodice, and to 
marry Berenice, the daughter of Ptolemy. Two years 
after, on the death of Ptolemy, Antiochus divorced Be- 
renice, and recalled Laodice, who, fearful of another 
change, poisoned her husband, put Berenice to death, 
and placed her son Callinichus on the throne. Ptolemy 
Evergetes, in revenge for his sister's death, slew Laodice, 
and subdued Syria. On his return to Egypt, he passed 
through Judea,' and there offered sacrifices of thanksgiving 
at Jerusalem. The Jews now became subjects of Ptolemy, 
and had to pay a tribute of twenty talents : this tribute 
being withheld by Onias II. the high priest, a severe 
punishment awaited the nation, and would have been in- 
flicted had it not been for the prudence of Joseph, the 
nephew of Onias, whose activity in collecting the re- 
quired tribute averted the blow and retained the favour 
of the Egyptian monarch. 

Ptolemy Evergetes died b. c. 221, and Ptolemy Philo- 
pater succeeded him. A war breaking out between Pto- 






OF THE BIBLE. 61 



lemy Philopater and Antiochus the Great, the then King 
of Syria, in consequence of Antiochus seizing the pro- 
vince of Ccelo- Syria, Ptolemy gave him battle and re- 
gained the province. On Ptolemy's return, he offered 
sacrifices at Jerusalem ; but being refused entrance into 
the holy of holies, he was much enraged against the 
Jewish nation ; and on his arrival at Alexandria, he de- 
prived that people of their privileges, and caused many 
to be exposed to the devouring appetite of wild beasts in 
the public amphitheatre : but it is said that the ferocious 
animals turned upon the spectators and devoured numbers 
of them instead of their victims. 

After the death of Philopater, b. c. 204, Antiochus in- 
vaded the out provinces of Egypt. Palestine was alter- 
nately possessed by each power, and at last willingly 
submitted to Antiochus, who confirmed their privileges. 
Antiochus afterwards restored Judea to the Egyptian 
monarch, in dowry with his daughter, upon condition that 
the revenues should be divided between the two powers. 
After an unsuccessful war with the Romans, to whom he 
was compelled to pay a large sum as the price of peace, 
Antiochus was slain by the people of Elymais, in his at- 
tempt to plunder their temple, b. c. 187. Seleucus Philo- 
pater succeeded his father as king of Syria, but he was 
little more than a raiser of taxes all his days (Dan. xi. 20.) 
to defray the Roman tribute. He sent his treasurer, Heli- 
odorus, to seize the treasures in the temple at Jerusalem ; 
but he was prevented accomplishing his task by a vision. 

Seleucus was murdered (b. c. 176), by Heliodorus, who 
wished to usurp the reins of government. An attempt 
was made to place Ptolemy Philometer on the throne to 
the exclusion (Dan. xi. 21.) of Antiochus, the brother of 
Seleucus; but Antiochus applying to the king of Per- 
gamus for aid, was quietly made the sovereign. This 
Antiochus assumed the name of Epiphanes, i. e. Illus- 
trious ; but from his conduct he was generally called Epi- 
manes, or the madman. In order to raise money for the 
Roman tribute, he deposed the pious high-priest Onias, 
and sold the office first to Jason his brother, for the yearly 



62 A POPULAR HARMONY 

payment of 360 talents, and afterwards to his brother 
Menelaus for 660 talents. He made war with the king 
of Egypt, invaded and conquered that country, took the 
king prisoner, and treated him with apparent friendship, 
but each contrived to do mischief (Dan. xi. 27.). 

A false report of the death of Antiochus having pre- 
vailed, Jason attempted to recover the high priesthood 
by force, and slew many of the adherents of Menelaus. 
Antiochus concluded that the Jewish nation had revolted, 
marched into Judea, took Jerusalem, and slew 40,000 of 
the inhabitants, sold a vast number for slaves, plundered 
the temple of gold to the value of 800 talents, entered 
the most holy, caused a sow to be sacrificed on the altar, 
and sprinkled the temple with the broth made from its 
flesh. 

At this period the people of Alexandria made Physcon 
their king, instead of his brother Philoraeter. Antiochus 
invaded Egypt, but withdrew, expecting that a civil war 
between the brothers would place the whole kingdom at 
his disposal. They, however, agreed to reign peaceably 
together, on which Antiochus again invaded Egypt, but 
was forced to withdraw by order from Rome, b. c. 168. 
He then vented his wrath on Jerusalem. His general 
entered the city on the sabbath, and all who did not take 
to flight were put to the sword, and the women and chil- 
dren that remained were sold for slaves ; the city was 
plundered, set on fire in several places, and a large for-. 
tress built to over-awe the temple. Antiochus then issued 
a decree that all his subjects should conform to the Gre- 
cian idolatry. Pie sent one Athenasus to teach these 
rites to the Jews, who, on his arrival at Jerusalem, was 
arrested by some apostates. The religious observances of 
the nation were suppressed, sacrifices ceased, the temple 
polluted, circumcision and the observance of the sabbath 
forbidden, all copies of the law, that could be found, 
destroyed, and the temple dedicated to Jupiter, whose 
image was erected on the great altar, a small altar 
being built thereon before the image. All who opposed 
or disobeyed these mandates were put to death. The 



OF THE BIBLE. 63 



like measures were carried into effect throughout the 
land, and the Jews were compelled to join the idolatrous 
rites and processions of the heathens. The Jewish re- 
ligion and nation seemed about to be rooted out, but at 
this dreadful and dark hour God interposed for his people, 
and, as in former times, raised up deliverers from among 
them. 

One of Antiochus's officers came to Modin, where 
dwelt an aged and truly pious priest, named Mattathias, 
of a family called Asraonaeans. He had five sons, all 
pious, able, and valiant men, named Johanan, Simon, 
Judas, Eliazar, and Jonathan. The officer required this 
pious family to obey the mandate of Antiochus, but 
Mattathias publicly declared that nothing should ever 
induce himself or his family to forsake the law of their 
God ; and seeing an apostate Jew about to sacrifice to an 
idol, filled with zeal, like that of Phineas of old, he slew 
him. With the assistance of his sons, he rushed upon 
the officer, Apelles, and his attendants, and slew them 
also. He then gathered together all who were zealous 
for the divine law, and retired with them into the moun- 
tainous part of the country. One company, to the 
number of 1000, took refuge in a cave, where the Syrian 
governor of Jerusalem found them, and taking advantage 
of their unwillingness to defend themselves on the sab- 
bath, he slew the whole of them on that day. This drew 
the attention of Mattathias and his associates, and they 
resolved to defend themselves even on the sabbath day. 

Antiochus hearing of these events, went to Jerusalem, 
b. c. 167; and there enforced the execution of his decrees 
with the utmost barbarity. 

On one occasion Eliazar was martyred, and a mother 
with seven children. After the departure of Antiochus, 
Mattathias came from his fastnesses, and being joined by 
many of the most zealous of the Jews, who were called 
Chasidim or Asideans, he found himself at the head of a 
small army. With his followers he went round the 
cites of Judah, destroying the idol altars, causing the 
children to be circumcised, and putting to death the 



64 A POPULAR HARMONY 

apostates and persecutors. He restored the service of God, 
and caused the Law again to be read, making diligent 
search for all the copies which had escaped the hands of 
the persecutors. He caused, also, passages from the 
Prophets to be introduced into the synagogue service. 
Mattathias, being of very advanced age, was soon worn 
out by the fatigues of this service, and died B.C. 166; 
but his loss was compensated by his son Judas, who took 
the command. His followers soon increased to an army, 
and he went forth to fight the enemies of Israel. The 
motto on his banner was from Exodus, xv. 11., " Who is 
like unto thee among the gods, Jehovah ?" The original 
words being mi camotra baalim jehovah, — the initial 
letters of which combined formed the artificial word 
maccabi. From this circumstance the family of Matta- 
thias, and those who joined them, received the name of 
Maccabees ; Judas receiving the name of Maccabceus as a 
mark of pre-eminence. 

At this period Antiochus was engaged in celebrating an 
impious festival at Daphne, and Judas continued to visit 
the cities of Judea, freeing them from the evils and pollu- 
tions introduced by the heathens. While thus engaged, 
he encountered and vanquished Apollonius, and shortly 
after another general of Antiochus. That monarch, 
enraged at the proceedings, assembled a large army, 
intending utterly to destroy the Jewish nation ; but, 
having squandered his treasury in vain show at the fes- 
tival before mentioned, his proceedings were delayed. A 
revolt also took place in his eastern dominions. He then 
divided his forces, sending half into Judea under Lysias, 
and the other into Persia. Judas, nothing daunted, met 
Lysias and the Syrians, and overcame them in several en- 
counters. At last Judas defeated Lysias himself, who 
led his forces in person. The Maccabees then regained 
possession of Jerusalem, where Judas purified and 
repaired the temple and its courts, erected a new altar 
in the room of that which the heathens had profaned, 
rebuilt much of the city that had been laid in ruin, 
restored the sacrifices and devotional observances, and 



OF THE BIBLE. 65 



celebrated this deliverance by a festival, the yearly Feast 
of the Dedication. 

Antiochus heard of these proceedings when on his 
return from a successful expedition against the Persians. 
The news filled him with the most dreadful rage: he 
threatened utterly to destroy the whole of the Jewish 
nation, and to make Jerusalem one vast burial place. 
But while uttering these proud boastings he was attacked 
by a severe fever, an internal pain ; and being thrown 
from his chariot he was taken to Tabse, where he re- 
mained in the greatest pain, and suffering the most 
horrible torments both of body and mind, until he died 
(b.c. 164), acknowledging the wickedness of his cruelty 
to the Jews. 

Antiochus was succeeded by Antiochus Eupator, his 
son, a child ; but Lysias conducted the government, and 
still endeavoured" to subdue the Jews : Judas successfully 
resisted, and in every way prevailed against the Syrians 
till his death, which took place while in battle with the 
Syrians who had surprised him, when only at the head of 
a small body of his men, b. c. 161. His brothers 
Jonathan and Simon succeeded, and the Romans having 
taken part with them against the Syrians, the nation 
enjoyed an interval of peace. Jonathan was appointed 
high priest, b. c. 152, by Alexander Bala, an impostor 
that prevailed against Demetrius, who, being a son of 
Seleucus had obtained the kingdom of Syria, and de- 
throned Antiochus Eupator, a few years before. The 
neighbouring nations continuing in an unsettled state, 
the Jews remained unmolested, and Jonathan obtained 
the removal of the heathen garrison from the fortress at 
Jerusalem. 

B.C. 144. Jonathan was treacherously murdered by 
Tryphon, and Simon succeeded, who was also murdered 
by his son-in-law (b.c. 135), and was succeeded by his 
son, John Hyrcanus. The Syrians again brought Judea 
under their yoke ; but their power being broken by the 
destruction of their army in Parthia, the Jews under 
Hyrcanus recovered their independence. Hyrcanus also 



66 A POPULAR HARMONY 

conquered the Idumeans, and obliged them to become 
proselytes to the Jewish religion. He made a treaty 
with the Romans, by which the nation obtained greater 
privileges than they ever before had enjoyed. He also 
took Samaria, and left Judea prosperous at his death 
(b.c. 107). 

Aristobulus, his eldest son, succeeded, and was the first 
Jew that assumed the regal diadem. He was of a cruel 
disposition, causing even his mother and a brother to be 
put to death ; but he died after reigning only one year. 
His brother Alexander succeeded. He subdued the Phi- 
listines, and overcame the Moabites, Ammonites, and 
others ; dying (b. c. 79) after a troubled reign and of a 
disease brought on by intemperance. His widow reigned 
nine years, supported by the Pharisees, who had become 
a powerful political party. A civil contest ensued be- 
tween her sons Hyrcanus and Aristobulus, the latter 
being supported by many who were opposed to the Pha- 
risees. The result was the interference of the Romans, 
who decided in favour of Hyrcanus, though first applied 
to by his brother. Judea was then reduced to its original 
limits, and made tributary to the Romans. Pompey was 
the Roman general under whom this was effected (b.c. 
63). He spared the sacred treasures, but entered the 
holy of holies, after which act it was observed he never 
prospered. Crassus, however, not long after pillaged 
the Temple on his way to his fatal Parthian expe- 
dition. Hyrcanus and Aristobulus continued opposed 
to each other till B.C. 47, when Julius Caesar made 
Antipater, a crafty Idumean who had supported Hyr- 
canus, the procurator or civil governor of Judea, and 
confirmed Hyrcanus in the priesthood. After the death 
of Antipater, his son Herod, called the Great, obtained 
the kingly power by the assistance of the Romans under 
Antony (b. c. 37), and governed with ability, but showed 
much tyranny and cruelty. He was confirmed in his 
power by Octavius Caesar, who afterwards assumed the 
imperial dignity, and under whom the fourth univer- 
sal monarchy was established and the nations brought 



OP THE BIBLE. 67 



into a state of peace to an extent perhaps never before 
known. 

Under Herod, Judea prospered in many respects, and 
enjoyed much peace and quietness, although his cruelties 
towards many of his subjects, and even his own family, 
were such, that the Emperor Augustus is said to have 
exclaimed that it was better to be Herod's hog than his 
son. When Herod had gained possession of Jerusalem 
by the aid of the Romans, and his rival Antigonus was 
taken prisoner, by a large sum of money he persuaded 
Antony to put him to death lest he should revive his 
pretensions as one of the Asmonaean family. Aristo- 
bulus, brother of his wife Mariamne, was murdered by 
his directions, at the age of eighteen, because the people 
of Jerusalem had shown some affection for his father. 
He put to death Hyrcanus, the grandfather of Mariamne, 
then eighty years old, and who had saved Herod's life 
when prosecuted by the Sanhedrim, and who was a man 
of the most peaceable disposition. His unhappy wife, 
Mariamne, was publicly executed, as was also her 
mother, Alexandra ; soon after Alexander and Aristo- 
bulus, his two sons by Mariamne, were strangled in 
prison, by his order, upon groundless suspicions. His 
eldest son, Antipater, he put to death only a few days 
before his own decease. This was, however, not without 
cause, for he had conspired to poison his father. Almost 
all these executions and cruelties arose from Herod's 
state jealousy and love of power. He laid a plan for 
destroying all the chief men of Judea, immediately after 
his own decease, that, as he told his sister and her hus- 
band, " all Judea might mourn at his death." Happily 
the orders were not executed. 

Herod's attachment to the Romans was shown in many 
circumstances inconsistent with the Jewish religion, 
while the care and expense with which he caused the 
Temple to be repaired, show his desire to obtain 
popularity among the Jews ; and certainly as a nation, 
the Jews under his reign enjoyed a greater degree of 
peace, and for a longer period, than during some centuries 



68 A POPULAR HARMONY 

preceding. It was in the reign of this monarch that our 
Blessed Saviour entered the world in human form (four 
years before the common era). One of the later acts of 
Herod was the massacre of the innocents of Bethlehem, in 
the hopes of destroying the " King of the Jews " among 
their number. 

In conclusion. " Thus the world, after it had been, 
as it were, in a continual convulsion for so many hundred 
years together " — " was now established in the greatest 
height of the fourth and last monarchy and settled in 
quietness." Now all things are ready for the birth of 
Christ, and this remarkable universal peace, after so many 
ages of tumult and war, was a lit prelude for the en- 
trance into the world of the glorious Prince of Peace. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



69 



Wfyt jj&rtu €£0iament 



PART I. 

(A Period of 14 Years.) 

FKOM THE ANNOUNCEMENT TO ZACHARIAS, B.C. 6, 
TO CONCLUSION OF OUR LORD'S PRIVATE 
HISTORY, A.D. 8. 



B. c. 6. 
Oct. 5. 



B. c. 5. 
Jan. 

June 30. 
July 7. 

Oct. 5. 



SECTION I. 

Prefaces Mark, i. 1. ; Luke, i. I — 4. 

Zacharias receives the announcement respecting 
the birth of John. Luke, i. 5—23. 

Elizabeth conceives. 6 Luke, i. 24, 25. 

Annunciation to Mary. c Luke, i. 26 — 38. 

Mary's visit to Elizabeth (3 months). 6 

Luke, i. 39— 56. 

Birth, circumcision, and naming of John. 6 

Luke, i. 57—80. 

Place. — a, The Temple, b, Hebron, c, Nazareth. 
F 3 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



«. c. o. 
Oct. 31. 



b. c. 4. 

April 5. 



May 16. 



b. c. 3. 

April. 



A. D. 8 

April. 



Joseph's misdeeming thoughts, respecting Mary, 
corrected by the Angel ; he is bidden to take 
her to wife.* Luke, i. 18—25. 



SECTION II. 

Birth of Christ, circumcision, and naming. 6 

Luke, ii. 1—20. ; Matt. i. 25. (Luke, ii. 21.) 

Two Genealogies of Christ. 

Matt. i. 1—17.; Luke, iii. 23—38. 
Matthew by descending gives the natural 
descen t of Joseph, and so the legal line of 
Christ. Luke by ascending gives the legal 
descent of Joseph, and so the natural de- 
scent of Christ. 

Presentation of Christ/ 
phesy. 

The visit of the Magi. 6 ....Matt.ii. 1—12. 



Simeon and Anna pro- 
Luke, ii. 22—38. 



The flight into Egypt. Innocents slaughtered. 6 

Matt. ii. 13—18. 

The return from Egypt. a 

Matt. ii. 19—22., Matt. ii. 23. (Luke, ii. 39.) 

The History of Christ at twelve years of age. c 

Luke, ii. 40—52. 



Place. — a, Nazareth, b, Bethlehem, c, The Temple. 



OF THE BIBLE. 71 



A. D. 26. 

Oct. 4. 



PART II. 

(A Period of 3 Years, 7 Months.) 

FROM THE ENTRY OF JOHN BAPTIST ON HIS 
MINISTRY TO THE ASCENSION OF THE 
SAVIOUR. 



SECTION I. 

St. John's introduction to his Gospel. 

John, i. 1 — 1. 

The Baptist enters upon his ministry ; many 
resort to him. a 

Luke, iii. 1, 2. ; Matt. iii. 1, 2. (Mark, i. 4. ; 
Luke, iii. 3.) ; Matt. iii. 3. (Mark, i. 2, 3.; 
Luke, iii. 4.) Luke, iii. 5, 6. ; Matt. iii. 4. 
(Mark, i. 6.) ; Matt. iii. 5, 6. (Mark, i. 5.) ; 
Matt. iii. 7 — 10 (Luke, iii. 7 — 9.) ; Luke, 
iii. 10—14. 

John's testimony of Christ to the people." 

Luke, iii. 15.; Matt. iii. 11. (Mark, i. 7,8.; 
Luke, iii. J 6.) ; Matt. iii. 12. (Luke, iii. 17.) ; 
Luke, iii. 18. 

Jan.* n. Baptism of Christ. 6 

Matt. iii. 13. (Mark, i. 9. f.p.) ; Matt. iii. 
14, 15. ; (Mam, i. 9. I p.) ; Matt. iii. 16, 
17 ; (Mark, i. 10, 11. ; Luke, iii. 21, 22.) ; 
Luke, iii. 23. 



Place.— a, Wilderness of Judea. b, Bethabara. 



F 4 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



A.D. c 2/. 

Mar. 5. 



Mar. 10, 



April 5. 



May 13. 



Temptation of Christ.' 2 

Luke, iv. 1. ; Matt. iv. 1. ; (Mark, i. 12. ; Luke, 
iv. 1.) ; Mark, i. 13 . p. ; (Luke, iv. 2. p.) ; 
Matt. iv. 2—4. (Luke, iv. 2—4.) ; Matt. 
iv. 5—7. (Luke, iv. 9 — 12.) ; Matt. iv. 8. 
(Luke, iv. 5.); Luke, iv. 6. ; Matt. iv. 9—] 1. 
(Luke, iv. 7, 8. 13.) 

John testifies of Christ to the priests and Le- 
vites. 6 John, i. 19—28. 

John, on seeing Christ coming to him, again bears 
testimony that He is the Christ. — Also, on the 
next day — Jesus first meets with Andrew and 
Peter. 6 John, i. 29—42. 

Christ returns to Galilee ; meets with Philip and 
Nathaniel ; their remarkable conversation. First 
miracle. Sojourns at Capernaum. 

John, i. 43—51., ii. 1—12. 



SECTION II. 

Christ attends the Passover a (the first after his 
entrance upon his public ministry) ; purges the 
Temple. John, ii. 13—25. 

Conversation of our Lord with Nicodemus.^ 

John, iii. 1—21. 

John's last testimony of Christ/ John, iii. 22—26. 

Conversation of Christ with the woman of Sa- 
maria; being on his way to Galilee/ 

John, iv. 1 — 42. 

John Baptist imprisoned.^" 

Matt. xiv. 3, 4. (Mark, vi. 17, 18. ; Luke, iii. 
19, 20.) ; Matt. xiv. 5. (Mark, vi. 19, 20.) 



Place. — a, Wilderness, b, Bethabara. c, Cana. d, Jerusalem, e, JEnon. 
f, Sychar. g, Judea. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



73 



A. D. 27. 
May 20. 



„ 22. 



Jun.6. to 
Sept. 16. 



Sept. 17. 



a. n. 28. 
Feb. 



Christ goes into Galilee. * Heals the nobleman's 
son. 

Matt. iv. 12. (Mark, i. 14,; Luke, iv. 14.; 
John, iv. 43.) ; John, iv. 44, 45. (Luke, 
iv. 14, 15.) ; John, iv, 46—54. 

Christ quotes Isaiah's words, and applies them to 
himself. 6 , Luke, iv. 16—30. 

Christ sojourns at Capernaum, and preaches re- 
pentance. 

Matt. iv. 13. (Luke, iv. 31.); Matt. iv. 14 
—16. ; Matt. iv. 17. (Mark, i. 14, 15.) 

Call of Andrew, Peter, James, and John. rf 

Matt. iv. 18—22. (Mark, i. 16—20.) 

Demoniac healed. c 

Mark, i. 21—28. (Luke, iv. 31—37.) 

Peter's mother-in-law, and others, cured. 

Matt. viii. 14—16. (Mark, i. 29—34. ; Luke, 
iv. 38—41.); Matt. viii. 17.; Mark, i. 35. ; 
(Luke, iv. 42.) ; Mark, i. 36—38. ; Luke, iv. 
42, 43. 

Christ teaches throughout Galilee. e Heals many. 
Multitudes follow him. 

Matt. iv. 23. (Mark, i. 39. ; Luke, iv. 44.) ; 
Matt. iv. 24, 25. 

Sermon on the mount. e Matt. v. — viii. 1. 

The draught of fishes/ Luke, v. 1 — 11. 

Christ heals the leper. e Withdraws into the wilder- 
ness to pray. 

Matt. viii. 2—4. (Mark, i. 40—44. ; Luke, 
v. 12—14.) ; Mark, i. 45. (Luke, v. 15, 
16.) 



Place. 



Cana. b, Nazareth, c, Capernaum, d, Sea-side, e, Galilee 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



A. D. 28. 

Mar. 16. 



April 1. 



15. 



A paralytic healed." 

Mark, ii. 1,2.; Luke, v. 17. ; Matt. ix. 2. 
(Mark, ii. 3. ; Luke, v. 18.) ; Mark, ii. 4. 
(Luke, v. 19.) ; Matt. ix. 2—8. (Mark, ii. 
5—12. ; Luke, v. 20—26.) 

Call of Matthew." He entertains Christ. 

Mark, ii. 13.; Matt. ix. 9. (Mark, ii. 14.; 
Luke, v. 27—32.); Mark, ii. 15—22. (Luke, 
v. 29—38.) ; Luke, y. 39. 



section in. 

Christ goes up to the second Passover ; heals an 
infirm man on the Sabbath-day ; justifies his act, 
and asserts his authority. 6 John, v. 

Christ defends his disciples' plucking corn on 
the Sabbath-day. c 

Matt. xii. 1—4. (Mark, ii. 23—26. ; Luke, 
vi. 1 — 4.) Matt. xii. 5 — 7.; Mark, ii. 27.; 
Matt. xii. 8. (Mark, ii. 28. ; Luke, vi. 5.) 

Christ heals the withered hand on a Sabbath-day. c 

Matt. xii. 9, 10. (Mark, iii. 1, 2.; Luke, vi. 

6, 70 ; Mark, iii. 3, 4. (Luke, vi. 8, 9.) ; 

Matt. xii. 11, 12. ; Matt. xii. 13, 14. (Mark, 

iii. 5, 6. ; Luke, vi. 10, 11.) 

Christ followed by multitudes ; he heals their 
diseases.** 

Matt. xii. 15. (Mark, iii. 7.); Mark, iii. 
8, 9.; Matt. xii. 15. I. p. (Mark, iii. 10. 
f.p.); Mark, iii. 10. I. p., 11.; Matt. xii. 
16. (Mark, iii. 12.) ; Matt. xii. 17—21. 



Place. — a, Capernaum, b, Pool of Bethesda. c, In a Sabbath walk. 
d, Sea-side. 



Or THE BIBLE. 75 



A. D. 28. 

May 14. 



May 15. 

„ 26. 



Nov. 1. 



Christ chooses twelve apostles." Delivers a dis- 
course. 

Mark,iii. 13—15. (Luke, vi. 12, 13.) ; Matt, 
x. 2—4. (Mark, iii. 16—19. ; Luke, vi. 
14—16.) ; Luke, vi. 17—49. 

Centurion's servant healed. 6 

Luke, vii. 1, 2. ; Matt. viii. 5, 6. (Luke, vii. 
3.) ; Luke, vii. 4, 5. ; Matt. viii. 7. (Luke, 
vii. 6.) ; Matt. viii. 8—10. (Luke, vii. 6— 
9.); Matt. viii. 11—13.; Matt. viii. 13. 
(Luke, vii. 10.) 

Widow's son raised to life. c Luke, vii. 11 — 16. 

John Baptist sends a message to Christ.^ 

Luke, vii. 17, 18. ; Matt. xi. 2, 3. (Luke, vii. 
19.) ; Luke, vii. 20, 21. ; Matt. xi. 4—6. 
(Luke, vii. 22, 23.) 

Christ's testimony of John. d He upbraids the 
Jews. 

Matt. xi. 7—11. (Luke, vii. 24—28.); Matt. 
xi. 12—15. ; Luke, vii. 29, 30. (Matt. xi. 
16—19. (Luke, vii. 31—35.) ; Matt. xi. 
20—30. 

Christ forgives the woman who had been a sinner. e 

Luke, vii. 36 — 50. 

Christ again preaches throughout Galilee. 

Luke, viii. 1 — 3. 

Christ heals a demoniac. 6 The conduct of the 
Scribes and Pharisees. 

Mark, iii. 19—21. ; Matt. xii. 22, 23. ; Matt, 
xii. 24—26. (Mark, iii. 22—26.) ; Matt, 
xii. 27, 28. ; Matt. xii. 29—32. (Mark, iii. 
27—29.); Mark, iii. 30.; Matt. xii. 33—45. 



Place. — a, Mount in Galilee, b, Capernaum, c, Nain. d, On a tour. 
e, In a Pharisee's house. 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



A. D. 5JS. 

Nov. 1. 



of the will of God to be 
(Mark, iii. 31- 



-35. 



by 



Christ declares the doers 
his real kindred. a 
Matt. xii. 46—50. 
Luke, viii. 19—21.) 

Parable of the Sower. 6 Reasons for teachin 
parables. 

Matt. xiii. 1—9. (Mark, iv. 1 — 9. ; Luke, 
viii. 4—8.) ; Matt. xiii. 10—17. 

Parable of the Tares. c Growth of seed. Mustard- 
seed, &c. 

Matt. xiii. 24—30. ; Mark, iv. 26—29.; Matt, 
xiii. 31, 32. (Mark, iv. 30—32.); Matt, 
xiii. 33. ; Matt. xiii. 34. (Mark, iv. 33, 
34.) ; Matt. xiii. 35. 

Christ explains the parables of the Sower and 
Tares. 6 Speaks the parables of Hidden Treasures ; 
Pearl of great price, &c. 

Matt. xiii. 36. / p. ; Mark, iv. 10—12. 
(Luke, viii. 9, 10.) ; Mark, iv. 13. ; Matt, 
xiii. 18. ; Mark, iv. 14. (Luke, viii. 11.) ; 
Matt. xiii. 19—23. (Mark, iv. 15—20. ; 
Luke, viii. 12—15.) ; Mark, iv. 21—25. 
(Luke, viii. 16 — 18.) ; Matt. xiii. 36—52. 

Christ on the lake. 6 Calms the tempest. Lands 
on the other side. Cures a demoniac. 

Matt. xiii. 53. ; Matt. viii. 18. (Mark, iv. 
35.) ; Matt. viii. 19—22. ; Matt. viii. 23 
—27. (Mark, iv. 36—41. ; Luke, viii. 22 
— 25.) ; Matt. viii. 28. (Mark, v. 1—3. ; 
Luke, viii. 26, 27.) ; Mark, v. 3—5. ; 
Matt. viii. 29. (Mark, v. 6, 7. ; Luke, viii. 
28.): Mark, v. 8—10. ; Luke, viii. 29—31.; 
Matt. viii. 30—34. (Mark, v. 11—17.; 
Luke, viii. 32—37.); Mark, v. 18—20. 
(Luke, viii. 37—39.) 



Place. — a, Capernaum, b, Sea of Galilee, c, Gadera. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



Nov. 2.' Christ defends his disciples respecting fasting." 

Matt. ix. 1. ; Mark, v. 21. (Luke, viii. 40.) ; 
Matt. ix. 10—17. 

Christ heals the woman's issue. 6 Raises Jairus' 
daughter to life. 

Matt. ix. 18—26. (Mark, v. 22—43. ; Luke, 
viii. 41—46.) 

Christ cures two blind men and a dumb demoniac. 6 

Matt. ix. 27—34. 

Nov. 4. Christ treated with scorn. 6 Makes a third tour. a 
Mark, vi. 1. ; Matt. xiii. 54—58. (Mark, vi. 
2—6./. p.) ; Matt. ix. 35. (Mark, vi. 6. 1, p.) 



SECTION IV. 

A. D. 29. 

Feb. 14! Christ commissions his twelve apostles, and sends 
them forth with powers. 6 

Matt. ix. 36 — 38. ; Matt. x. 1. (Mark, vi. 
7. ; Luke, ix. 1.) ; Luke, ix. 2. ; Matt. x. 
5—8.; Matt. x. 9— 11. (Mark, vi. 8— 10. ; 
Luke, ix. 3,4.) ; Matt. x. 12, 13. ; Matt. 
x. 14. (Mark, vi. M.f.p. ; Luke, ix. 5.) ; 
Matt, x, 15. (Mark, vi. 11. 1, p.); Matt, 
x. 16—42. ; Matt. xi. 1. ; Mark, vi. 12, 13. 
(Luke, ix. 6.) 

Mar. 4. John Baptist beheaded. 

Matt. xiv. 6, 7. (Mark, vi. 21—23.) ; Mark, 
vi. 24. ; Matt. xiv. 8—12. (Mark, vi. 25— 
29.) 

Herod (Tetrarch) desires to see Jesus. c 

Matt. xiv. 1, 2. (Mark, vi. 14—16. ; Luke, ix. 
7—9.) 

Place. — a, Nazareth, b, Capernaum, c, Galilee. 



78 A POPULAR HARMONY 



A. D. 29. 

April 5. 



April 6. 



29. 



May 11. 



Apostles return." The five thousand fed. 

Mark, vi. 30. (Luke, ix. 10./. p.) ; Mark, vi. 
31.; Matt. xiv. 13, 14. (Mark, vi. 32— 34. ; 
Luke, ix. 10. I. p., 11.; John, vi. 1, 2.); 
John, vi. 3 — 7.; Matt. xiv. 15. (Mark, vi. 
35, 36. ; Luke, ix. 12.) ; Matt. xiv. 16—21. 
(Mark, vi. 37—44.; Luke, ix. 13—17. ; John, 
vi. 8—13.) ; John, vi. 14. 

Christ walks on the sea. 6 Peter's want of faith. 
Matt. xiv. 22—27. (Mark, vi. 45—50. ; John, 
vi. 15—20.) ; Matt. xiv. 28—31. ; Matt. xiv. 
32, 33. (Mark, vi. 51, 52. ; John, vi. 21.) 

Christ heals many. c Teaches in the Synagogue. 
Matt. xiv. 34—36. (Mark, vi. 53—56.) ; John, 
vi. 22—71. 

Christ converses with the Scribes and Pharisees 
on the Jewish traditions/ 

Matt. xv. 1. (Mark, vii. 1.) ; Mark, vii. 2— 
4. ; Matt. xv. 2—6. f. p. (Mark, vii. 5, 
9—11.) ; Mark, vii. 12. ; Matt. xv. 6. /. p. 
(Mark, vii. 13.); Matt. xv. 7— 9. (Mark, 
vii. 6, 7.) ; Mark, vii. 8. ; Matt. xv. 10, 
11. (Mark, vii. 14, 15.); Mark, vii. 16, 
17./. p. ; Matt. xv. 12—14. ; Matt. xv. 15 
—20. (Mark, vii. 17. I p., 23.) 

Christ heals the Syrophenician's daughter.** 
Matt. xv. 21—28. (Mark, vii. 24—30.) 

The deaf and dumb man, and many others healed/ 
Matt. xv. 29. (Mark, vii. 31.); Mark, vii. 32 
—37.; Matt. xv. 29—31. 

Four thousand fed from seven loaves and a few 
fishes/ 

Matt. xv. 32—36. (Mark, viii. 1—6.) ; Mark, 
viii. 7. ; Matt. xv. 37, 38. (Mark, viii. 8, 9.) 



Place. — a, Desert of Bethsaida. b, Lake of Germesaret. c, Capernaum. 
d, Coasts of Tyre, e, Decapolis. /, Sea-side. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



79 



A. D. 2". 

May 13. 



The Pharisees and Sadducees require a sij 



Christ cautions his disciples against their hypo- 
xvi. 1. (Mark, viii. 10, 11.); 



crisy. 

Mark, xv. 39 

Matt. xvi. 2—4./. p. Mark, viii. .12. 
Matt. xvi. 4. I. p.— 11. (Mark, viii. 13- 
21.; Matt. xvi. 12.) 



A blind man healed.'' Mark, viii. 22—26. 



Peter confesses Christ to be the Messiah. 
Matt. xvi. 13 — 16. (Mark, viii. 27 



Luke, ix. 18 — 20.) 



Matt. 
21.) 



xvi. 20. (Mark, 



29.; 

Matt. xvi. 17 — 19. ; 
viii. 30. ; Luke, ix. 



26. 



Christ foreshoweth his death and resurrection. 
Matt. xvi. 21. (Mark, viii. 31. ; Luke, ix. 22.) ; 
Matt. xvi. 22, 23. (Mark, viii. 32, 33.); 
Matt. xvi. 24—26. /. p. (Mark, viii. 34— 
36. ; Luke, ix. 23—25.) ; Matt. xvi. 26. I p. 
(Mark, viii. 37.) ; Matt. xvi. 27. ; Mark, viii. 
38. (Luke, ix. 26.); Matt. xvi. 28. (Mark, 
ix. 1. ; Luke, ix. 27.) 



SECTION Y. 

The Transfiguration. 6 * Converse about Elias. 
Matt. xvii. 1 — 3. (Mark, ix. 2 — 4. ; Luke, ix. 
28—30.) ; Luke, ix. 31, 32. ; Matt. xvii. 4, 
5. (Mark, ix. 5—7. ; Luke, ix. 33—35.) ; 
Matt. xvii. 6, 7. ; Matt. xvii. 8. (Mark, ix. 
8. ; Luke, ix. 36./. p.) ; Luke, ix. 36. I. p. ; 
Matt. xvii. 9—12. (Mark, ix. 9—13.); 
Matt. xvii. 13. 



Place. — a, Magdala. b, Bethsaida. c, coast of Csesarea-Philippi. 
d, Mount Tabor. 



80 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



A. D. 29. 

May 27. 



Sept. 26. 



Oct. 12. 



16. 



Christ casts out the deaf and dumb spirit (which 
the disciples could iiot). a Again foretells his 
death, &c. 

Mark, ix. 14. (Luke, ix. 37.) ; Mark, ix. 15, 
16. ; Matt. xvii. 14—17. (Mark, ix. 17— 
19. ; Luke, ix. 38—41.) ; Mark, ix. 20. 
(Luke, ix. 42. / p.) ; Mark, ix. 21—24. ; 
Matt. xvii. 18, (Mark, ix. 25—27. ; Luke, 
ix. 42. /. p.) ; Matt. xvii. 19. (Mark, ix. 
28.); Matt. xvii. 20.; Matt. xvii. 21. 
(Mark, ix. 29.) ; Luke, ix. 43./ p. ; Mark, 
ix. 30. (John, vii. 1.) ; Matt. xvii. 22, 23. 
(Mark, ix. 31, 32. ; Luke, ix. 43. I. p.— 
45.) 

The disciples dispute respecting who should be the 
superior among them. 6 Christ enters Caper- 
naum. Sends Peter to the lake to obtain the 
tribute-money, which is miraculously taken out 
of the fish's mouth. 

Luke, ix. 46. ; Mark, ix. 33. ; Matt. xvii. 24 
—27. 

While Peter is gone to the lake, Christ asks his 
disciples the purport of their dispute by the 
way. Peter returns. Christ resumes the 
subject. Inculcates the necessity of his disci- 
ples having union among them. Other topics. 
How oft we should forgive. c 

Matt. ix. 33—40. (Luke, ix. 47—50.); 
Mark, ix. 41 — 50. ; Matt, xviii. 

Christ goes secretly to the Feast of Tabernacles.^ 

John, vii. 2—1 3. 

Teaches in the Templet 

John, vii. 14 — 53. ; viii. 1. 



Place. — a, Galilee, b, on the way to Capernaum, c, Capernaum. 
d, Jerusalem. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



a. n. 29. 
Oct. 18. 



Dec. 23. 



A. D. 30. 
Jan. 7. 



2.3. 



24. 



Mar. 10. 



Mar. 16. 



The Pharisees bring the Adulteress before him. a 

John, viii. 2 — 11. 

Discourses. A blind man cured. The miracle 
questioned by the Pharisees.* 

John, viii. 12 — 59.; ix., x. 1 — 21. 

Christ attends the Feast of the Dedication. His 
discourses." Retires beyond Jordan. 

John, x. 22—42. 

Christ raises Lazarus. 6 The Pharisees informed 
thereof. John, xi. 1 — 45. ; 46 — 54. 

On the road to Capernaum. Disciples rebuked for 
wishing the fire of heaven to be called down on 
the Samaritans. Several would follow him 
upon their own conditions. Luke, ix. 51 — 62. 

The Seventy disciples sent forth."" Their return. d 

Luke, x. 1—24. 

Parable of the Good Samaritan. 6 * Luke, x. 25 — 37. 

Martha reproved. Mary commended. 6 

Luke, x. 38—42. 

The Disciples taught to pray. A dumb spirit 
cast out. Pharisees, Scribes, and Lawyers, re- 
buked. 6 Luke, xi. 

Christ delivers various forewarnings and exhort- 
ations. The fruitless fig-tree. e 

Luke, xii., xiii. 1 — 9. 

The woman unable to walk upright, cured on the 
Sabbath-day. Parable of the Mustard-seed and 
Leaven/ Luke, xiii. 10 — 21. 



Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Bethany, c, Samaria, d, Capernaum, e, On 
a tour. 



82 A POPULAR HARMONY 

Mar. 20. Answers the question whether few or many will 
be saved. Luke, xiii. 22 — 30. Christ laments 
over Jerusalem. 3 Luke, xiii. 30 — 35. 

Christ dines with a Pharisee on the Sabbath-day. 
His actions are watched. His actions and dis- 
courses. Parable of the Marriage Supper, &c. 

Luke, xiv. 
Parables of the Lost Sheep and Prodigal Son. 6 

Luke, xv. 
Unjust Steward. Dives and Lazarus. 6 Luke, xvi. 

Christ teaches forgiveness. Heals ten lepers. 6 

Luke, xviii. 19. 

26. Christ proceeds from Galilee into Berea.* 

Matt. xix. 1, 2. (Mark, x. 1.) 

Christ discourses respecting the coming of the 
Son of Man. 6 Luke, xvii. 20—37. 

Parables. The Importunate "Widow. The proud 
Pharisee, and the humble Publican. 6 

Luke, xviii. 1 — 14. 

Mar. 28., Christ's teaching respecting divorce. 6 

Matt. xix. 3. (Mark, x. 2.); Mark, x. 3 — 5.; 
Matt. xix. 4—6. (Mark, x. 6—9.) ; Matt, 
xix. 7—9. ; Mark, x. 10 — 12. ; Matt. xix. 
10—12. 
29. Christ blesses little children. 6 
Matt. xix. 13, 14. 

xviii. 15, 16.); Mark, x. 15. (Luke, xviii. 
17.); Matt. xix. 15. (Mark, x. 16.) 

The young ruler. Danger of riches. 6 

Matt. xix. 16—23. (Mark, x. 17—23. ; Luke, 
xviii. 18—24.) ; Mark, x. 24. ; Matt. xix. 
24—27. (Mark, x. 25—23. ; Luke, xviii. 25 
—28.); Matt. xix. 28.; Matt. xix. 29, 30.; 
(Mark, x. 29—31. ; Luke, xviii. 29, 30.) 

Place. — a, Bethany, b, On a tour. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



83 



A.D. SO. 

Mar. 29. 



Mar. £0. 

Sam-day 

evening, 

after 

sunset. 



Mar. 31. 
Sunday. 



Parable of the Vineyard and its Labourers." 

Matt. xxi. 16. 

Christ again foretells his passion and death. 6 
Mark, x. 32.; Matt. xx. 17—19. (Mark, x. 
32—34.; Luke, xviii. 31— 33.); Luke, xviii. 
34. 

Requests of Zebedee's wife for her sons. 6 

Matt. xx. 20—28. (Mark, x. 35—45.) 

Christ cures a blind man. c Luke, xviii. 35 — 43. 

Another blind man cured/ 

Mark, x. 46./. p. ; Luke, xix. 1. ; Matt. xx. 29. 
—32f.p. (Mark, x. 46. I. p.— 49./. p.) ; 
Mark, x. 49. I p. 50. ; Matt. xix. 32. 1 p.— 
34. (Mark, 51, 52.) 



Christ visits Zaccheus. 



Parable of the Pounds/ 
Luke, xix. 2 — 27. 



Christ stays at Bethlehem on his way to Jeru- 
salem, f 

John, xi. 55 — 57.; Luke, xix. 28.; John, 
xii. 1. 

Christ anointed by Mary in the house of Simon. 
Judas murmurs/ 

Matt. xxvi. 6 — 9. (Mark, xiv. 3 — 5. ; John, 
xii. 2 — 5.) ; John, xii. 6. ; Matt. xxvi. 10, 
11. (Mark. xiv. 6, 7. ; John, xii. 7. 8.) ; 
Matt. xxvi. 12, 13. (Mark, xiv. 8, 9.) ' 

Numbers, during the day, come from Jerusalem to 
Jesus and Lazarus. f John, xii. 9 — 11. 



Place. — a, On a tour, b, On the way to Jerusalem, c, Entering Jericho. 
d, Going out of Jericho, e, Jericho, f, Bethany. 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



i a. n. 30. 
j April 1. 

Monday, 

p. in. 



April 2. 
Tuesday, 



AnrilS. 
V\ canes ■ 
dav. 



SECTIOX VI. 

Christ enters Jerusalem in Triumph. Some 

Greeks desire to see Jesus. A voice, from 

heaven, heard. Christ returns in the evening. 3 

John, xii. 12, 13.: Matt. xxi. 1—3. (Mark, 

xi. 1—3.; Luke, xix. 29—31.); Matt. 

xxi. 4, 5. ; Mark, xi. 4 — 6. (Luke, xix. 

32—34.) ; Matt xxi. 6, 7. (Mark, xi. 7., 

Luke, xix. 35.) ; John, xii. 14 — 19. ; Matt. 

xxi. 8. (Mark, xi. 8. ; Luke, xix. 36.) ; 

Luke, xix. 37 — 40. ; Matt. xxi. 9. (Mark, 

xi. 9, 10.) : Luke, xix. 41 — 44. ; Mark, xi. 

11./. p.; Matt. xxi. 10, 11. 14—16.; John, 

xii.' 20— 36. f.p. ; Matt. xxi. 17. (Mark, 

xi. 11. /. p. ; John, xii. 36. /. p.) 



The fig-tree cursed. 6 

Matt. xxi. 18, 19. (Mark, xi. 12- 
xxi. 20—22. 



14.); Matt. 



Christ a second time purges the Temple. Returns 
in the evening. 3 

Matt. xxi. 12. (Mark, xi. 15. ; Luke, xix. 
45.); Mark, xi. 16.; Matt. xxi. 13. 
(Mark, xi. 17. ; Luke, xix. 46.) ; Mark, xi. 
18. (Luke, xix. 47, 48.) ; Mark, xi. 19. 

Christ and his disciples discourse respecting the 
fig-tree. 6 Mark, xi. 20—26. 

! Christ questioned by the chief priests concerning 
his authority. 

Matt. xxi. 23—27. (Mark. xi. 27—33.; 
Luke, xx. 1—8.); Matt. xxi. 28—32. 



Place. — a, Jerusalem and Bethany. b, On the road to Jerusalem. 
c, Temple. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



a. n. 30. 
April 3. 
Wednes 
day. 



Parables of the Vineyard. Marriage feast." 

Matt. xxi. 33—42./. p. (Mark, xii. 1—10. ; 
Luke, xx. 9 — 17.) ; Matt. xxi. 42. I. p. ; 
(Mark, xii. 11.); Matt. xxi. 43. Matt. xxi. 
44. (Luke, xx. 18.); Matt. xxi. 45.; Matr. 
xxi. 46. (Mark, xii. 12. ; Luke, xx. 19.); 
Matt. xxii. 1—14. 

Christ's reply to the Herodians about paying 
tribute." 

Matt. xxii. 15.; Matt. xxii. 16 — g2. (Mark, 
xii. 13—17. ; Luke, xx. 20—26.) 
Christ replies to the Sadducees on the resur- 
rection." 

Matt, xxii. 23—28. (Mark, xii. 18—23. , 
Luke, xx. 27—33.) ; Matt. xxii. 29. ; 
(Mark, xii. 24.) ; Luke, xx. 34. ; Matt. 
xxii. 30—32. (Mark, xii. 25—27- ; Luke, 
xx. 35 — 38.) ; Matt xxii. 33.; Luke, xx. 
39, 40. 
Christ's reply to the Lawyer in answer to, Which 
is the greatest commandment. 

Matt. xxii. 34., Matt. xxii. 35—39. (Mark, 
xii. 28 — 31.); Matt. xxii. 4. ; Mark, xii, 
32—34. 

Christ interrogates the Pharisees respecting the 
Messiah." 

Matt. xxii. 41—43. ; Mark, xii. 35. (Luke, 
xx. 41.) ; Matt. xxii. 44, 45. (Mark, xii. 
36, 37. f.p. ; Luke, xxii. 42—44.) ; Mark, 
xii. 37. I. p. ; Matt. xxii. 46. 

Christ cautions the disciples against the Scribes 
and Pharisees." 

Mark, xii. 38 — 40.; Luke, xx. 45—47. 

Widow's mites commended." 

Mark, xii. 41—44. (Luke, xxi. 1—4.) 

Place. — a, Temple. 



G o 



8G 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



A. D. 30. 

April 3. 
Wednes. 



Wed. p.m. 



Night. 



Christ on the blindness of the Jews. a 

John, xii. 37 — 50. 
Scribes and Pharisees denounced. Matt, xxiii. 

Christ foretells the destruction of Jerusalem, and 
the end of the world. 6 

Matt. xxiv. 1 — 9. (Mark, xiii. 1 — 9. ; Luke, 
xxi. 5 — 13.); Mark, xiii. 10, 11.; Luke, 
xxi. 14, 15. ; Matt. xxiv. 10. ; Mark, xiii. 
12, 13./. p. (Luke, xxi. 16, 17.) ; Luke, 
xxi. 18, 19.; Matt. xxiv. 11, 12.; Matt, 
xxiv. 13. (Mark, xiii. 13. 1, p.); Matt. xxiv. 
14. ; Matt. xxiv. 15, 16. (Mark, xiii. 14. ; 
Luke, xxi. 20,21.); Matt. xxiv. 17, 18. 
(Mark, xiii. 15, 16.) ; Luke, xxi. 22. ; Matt, 
xxiv. 19. (Mark, xiii. 17. ; Luke, xxi. 
23.); Matt. xxiv. 20—22. (Mark, 
xiii. 18—20.) ; Luke, xxi. 23. /. p. ; 
Matt. xxiv. 23—25. (Mark, xiii. 21— 
23.); Matt. xxiv. 26—28., Matt. xxiv. 
29, 30. (Mark, xiii. 24—26. ; Luke, xxi. 
25—27.) ; Matt. xxiv. 31. (Mark, xiii. 
27.) ; Luke, xxi. 28. ; Matt. xxiv. 32—35. 
(Mark, xiii. 28—31. ; Luke. xxi. 29— 33.); 
Luke, xxi. 34 — 36. ; Matt. xxiv. 36. ; 
(Mark, xiii. 32, 33.) ; Matt. xxiv. 37—42.; 
Mark, xiii. 34—36. ; Matt. xxiv. 43, 44. ; 
Mark, xiii. 37. 

Christ coming to Judgment. Parables of the 
Talents, and of the Virgins. 6 

Matt. xxiv. 45 — 51. ; xxv. 

Judas agrees with the chief priest to betray Jesus. c 
Matt.'xxvi. 1—3., Matt. xxvi. 4, 5, 14 — 16. ; 
(Mark, xiv. 1, 2. 10, 11.; Luke, xxii. 1—6.); 
Luke, xxi. 37, 38. 



Place. — a, Temple, b, Going out of the Temple to the Mount of Olives. 
c, Jerusalem. 



OF THE BIBLE. 87 



SECTION VII. 

April 4! The Passover prepared." 

Luke, xxii. 7, 8. ; Matt. xxvi. 17—19. (Mark, 
xiv. 12—16. ; Luke, xxii. 9—13). 

Christ partakes of his last passover." 

Matt. xxvi. 20. (Mark, xiv. 17. ; Luke, xxii. 
14.) ; Luke, xxii. 15 — 18. 

Christ teaches humility by washing his disciples' 
feet." John, xiii. 1 — 17. 

Christ institutes the first part of the Lord's Sup- 
per." 

[See 1 Cor. xi. 23, 24.] Matt. xxvi. 26. 
(Mark, xiv. 22. ; Luke, xxii. 19.) 

Christ intimates who should betray him." 

Luke, xxii. 21, 22. ; John, xiii, 18—20. ; Matt. 
xxvi. 21. (Mark, xiv. 18.; John, xiii. 21.); 
Luke, xxii. 23. (John, xiii. 22.) ; Matt. xxvi. 
22—24. (Mark, xiv. 19—21.); John, xiii. 
23—29. ; Matt. xxvi. 25. ; John, xiii. 30. 

The disciples consoled." Peter warned. 

John, xiii. 31—38. 

Christ reproves his disciples' ambition." Peter 
again warned. Luke, xxii. 24 — 38. 

Christ institutes the second part of the Lord's 
Supper. 

[See 1 Cor. xi. 25.] Matt. xvi. 27, 28. 
(Mark, xiv. 23, 24. ; Luke, xxii. 20.) ; Matt, 
xxvi. 29. (Mark, xiv. 25.) 

Place. — a, Jerusalem. 



G 4 



ss 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



A.D. SO. 

April 4. 
Thursday 
evening, 
Midnight. 



April 5. 
Friday 
morning. 
la.m. 



2-3 a. m. 



Christ discourses with his disciples." ... John, xiv. 

Christ proceeds to the Mount of Olives. 6 

Matt. xxvi. 30. (Mark, xiv. 26. ; Luke. xxii. 
39.) 

Continues his comforting discourse. 6 Prays for 
his followers. John, xv., xvi., xvii. 

Christ again predicts Peter's denial of him. 6 

Matt. xxvi. 31—35. (Mark, xiv. 27 — 31.) 

Christ's Agony and Bloody Sweat. c 

Matt. xxvi. 36. (Mark, xiv. 32. ; Luke, xxii. 
40. ; John, xviii. 1.) ; Matt. xxvi. 37, 38. 
(Mark, xiv. 33, 34=) ; Matt. xxvi. 39. ; (Mark, 
xiv. 35, 36. ; Luke, xxii. 41, 42.) ; Luke, 
xxii. 43, 44. ; Matt. xxvi. 40—43. (Mark, 
xiv. 37 — 40.; Matt. xxvi. 44.; Matt. xxvi. 45, 
46. (Mark, xiv. 41, 42.); Luke, xxii. 45, 46. 

Christ Betrayed. His Apprehension. 

John, xviii. 2, 3. ; Matt. xxvi. 47. (Mark, xiv. 
43. ; Luke, xxii. 47.) ; John, xviii. 4 — 9. ; 
Matt. xxvi. 48, 49. (Mark, xiv. 44, 45.) ; 
Matt. xxvi. 50. /. p. (Luke, xxii. 48. ) ; 
Matt. xxvi. 50. I. p. (Mark, xiv. 46.); Luke, 
xxii. 49. ; Matt. xxvi. 51. (Mark, xiv. 47. ; 
Luke, xxii. 50. ; John, xviii. 10.) ; Luke, 
xxii. 51.; Matt. xxvi. 52. (John, xviii. 11.); 
Matt. xxvi. 53, 54. ; Matt. xxvi. 55, 56. f. p. 
(Mark, xiv. 48, 49. ; Luke, xxii. 52, 53.) ; 
Matt. xxvi. 56. 1, p. (Mark, xiv. 50.) ; Mark, 
xiv. 51, 52. 

Christ brought before Annas and Caiaphas.^ 
Peter denies him. 



Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, On the -way to and at the Mount of Olives. 
c, Gethsemane. d, Palace of Caiaphas. 



OP THE BIBLE. 



89 



A.D.30. 

Friday 
morning, 
4 — 5 a. m. 



John, xviii. 12 — 14.; Matt. xxvi. 57. (Mark, 
xiv. 53. ; Luke, xxii. 54. f. p.~) ; Matt. xxvi. 
58. (Mark, xiv. 54. ; Luke, xxii. 54. /. p. 
55.; John, xviii. 15, 16, 18.); John, xviii. 
1-9—24.; Matt. xxvi. 59—66. (Mark, xiv. 
55 — 64.) ; Luke, xxii. 63. ; Matt. xxvi. 67, 
68. (Mark, xiv. 65. ; Luke, xxii. 64.) ; Luke, 
xxii. 65. ; Matt. xxvi. 69 — 74. (Mark, xiv. 
66 — 72. /. p. ; Luke, xxii. 56 — 60. ; John, 
xviii. 17, 25—27.); Matt. xxvi. 75. (Mark, 
xiv. 72. I. p. ; Luke, xxii. 61, 62.) 



Christ brought before the Sanhedrim. 



Judas' 
remorse. 

Matt, xxvii. 1. (Mark, xv. l.f.p.; Luke, 
xxii. 66.); Luke, xxii. 67— 71. ; Matt. 
xxvii. 2. (Mark, xv. 1. 1. p. ; Luke, xxiii. 
1.) ; Matt, xxvii. 3 — 10. 



Christ is led before Pilate. 6 

John, xviii. 28— SS.f.p. ; Matt, xxvii. 11./ p.; 
Luke, xxiii. 2.; Matt, xxvii. 11. 1. p. (Mark, xv. 
2.f.p. ; Luke, xxiii. S.f.p. ; John, xviii. 33. 
/. p.); John, xviii. 34—37./ p. ; Matt, xxvii. 
11. /. p. (Mark, xv. 2. 1. p: ; Luke, xxiii. 
Z.l.p. John, xviii. 37. m.p.) ; John, xviii. 
37. 2. p., 38. f. p. ; Luke, xxiii. 4. (John, 
xviii. 38. /. p.) ; Matt, xxvii. 12—14. (Mark, 
xv. 3—5.) 



Pilate sends Christ to Herod.' 



Luke, xxiii. 5 — 12. 



Place. — a, Council chamber. b, Judgment hall, or Praetorium. 
c, Herodium. 



90 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



A.D. 30. 

April 5. 
7 a.m. 



Christ again brought to Pilate. Declares his in- 
nocence. 

Luke, xxiii. 13 — 16.; Matt, xxvii. 15,16. 
(Mark, xv. 6, 7. ; Luke, xxiii. 19. ; John, 
xviii. 40. I. p.); Mark, xv. 8. ; Luke, xxiii. 
17.; Matt, xxvii. 17. ; Mark, xv. 9. ; John, 
xviii. 39.) ; Matt, xxvii. 18. (Mark, xv. 
10.) ; Matt, xxvii. 19. ; Matt, xxvii. 20. ; 
Mark, xv. 11.); Luke, xiii. 18. (John, 
xviii. 40./ p.) ; Matt, xxvii. 21.; Matt, 
xxvii. 22, 23. (Mark, xv. 12—14. ; Luke, 
xxiii. 20—23.); Matt, xxvii. 24, 25. ; Luke, 
xxiii. 24. ; Matt, xxvii. 26. /. p. (Mark, 
xv. 15. f. p.; Luke, xxiii. 25./. p.) 

Christ is scourged." Mocked. Pilate tries to re- 
lease him. Finally delivered to be crucified. 
Matt, xxvii. 26. I. p. (Mark, xv. 15. I. p. ; 
Luke, xxiii. 25. 1. p. ; John, xix. 1.) ; Matt. 
xxvii. 27—30. (Mark, xv. 16—19. ; John, 
xix. 2, 3.) ; John, xix. 4 — 16./ p. ; Matt, 
xxvii. 31. (Mark, xv. 20. ; John, xix. 
16. 1, p.) 

The Crucifixion of our Lord. 6 

John, xix. 17.; Matt, xxvii. 32. (Mark, xv. 
21. ; Luke, xxiii. 26.); Luke, xxiii. 27 — 32. ; 
Matt, xxvii. 33, 34. (Mark, xv. 22, 23.); 
Matt, xxvii. 38. (Mark, xv. 25—27. ; Luke, 
xxiii. 33. ; John, xix. 18.) ; Mark, xv. 28. ; 
Luke, xxiii. 34./. p.; Matt, xxvii. 37. (Mark, 
xv. 26. ; Luke, xxiii. 38. ; John, xix. 19.) ; 
John, xix. 20 — 22. ; Matt, xxvii. 35, (Mark, 
xv. 24. ; Luke, xxiii. 34. /. p. ; John, xix. 23, 
24.); Matt, xxvii. 36. ; Luke, xxiii. 35 — 
37. Matt, xxvii. 39—42. (Mark, xv. 29— 
32./ p.) ; Matt, xxvii. 43. ; Matt, xxvii. 44. 
(Mark, xv. 32. /. p.) ; Luke, xxiii. 39—43. ; 



Place. — a, Judgment hall, or Prsetorium. b, Calvary. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



91 



John, xix. 25—27. ; Matt, xxvii. 45. (Mark, 
xv. 33.; Luke, xxiii. 44, 45./ p.); Matt, 
xxvii. 46, 47. (Mark, xv. 34, 35.); John, 
xix. 28. ; Matt, xxvii. 48. (Mark, xv. 36. 
/ p. ; John, xix. 29.); Matt, xxvii. 49. (Mark, 
xv. 36. 1. p.); Matt, xxvii. 50. (Mark, xv. 
37. ; Luke, xxiii. 46. ; John, xix. 30.) ; Matt. 
xxvii. 51./. p. (Mark, xv. 38. ; Luke, xxiii. 
45. I p.); Matt, xxvii. 51. I. p., 52./. p.; 
Matt, xxvii. 54. (Mark, xv. 39. ; Luke, xxiii. 
47.) ; Luke, xxiii. 48. ; Matt, xxvii. 55. 
(Mark, xv. 40. f.p. ; Luke, xxiii. 49.); Matt. 
xxvii. 56. (Mark, xv. 40. /. jo., 41.) ; John, 
xix. 31—37. 

• The Burial of Christ.* 

Matt, xxvii. 57—60. (Mark, xv. 42— 46.; Luke, 
xxiii. 50 — 53. ; John, xix. 38 — 42.) ; Luke, 
xxiii. 54. 

Mary Magdalene, the other Mary, and the women 
from Galilee, notice where Christ is laid." 

Mark, xv. 47. (Luke, xxiii. 55.) 

The women from Galilee return home before the 
Sabbath began, to prepare the spices." 

Luke, xxiii. 56. 

Mary Magdalene and the other Mary stay at the 
Sepulchre till too late to buy the spices." 

Matt, xxvii. 61. 

The Sabbath ended. Guards procured to watch 
the Sepulchre. The Sepulchre sealed." 

Matt, xxvii. 62—66. 

The Sabbath ended. Mary Magdalene, the other 
Mary, and Salome buy the spices to anoint the 
body of Jesus." Mark, xvi. 1 . 



Place. — a, Garden of Gethsemane. 



92 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



SECTION VIII. 



A. D. 30. 

April 7. 



morning, 
4 a. m. 



FROM THE RESURRECTION TO THE ASCENSION. 

Mary Magdalene, the other Mary, and Salome set 
out to visit the Sepulchre, to weep there and to 
embalm the body of Jesus. a 

Matt, xxviii. 1. (Mark, xvi. 2. ; John, xx. 1.) 

Before they reach, the tomb, Christ rises from the 
dead. Matt, xxviii. 2 — 4. 

The bodies of many saints arise and appear in the 
city. 6 Matt, xxvii. 52, 53. 

The women on arriving at the tomb, find the stone 
removed"; on seeing which, Mary Magdalene 
leaves the other two women and runs to tell 
Peter. 

Matt. xvi. 2, 3. ; Matt. xvi. 4. (John, xx. 
1.) ; John, xx. 2. 

During the absence of Mary Magdalene, the other 
two women enter the porch of the tomb, and see 
one angel, who bids them go, and inform the 
disciples ; which they do immediately. 6 

Mark, xvi. 5. ; Matt, xxviii. 5—8. (Mark, 
xvi. 6—8.) 
Peter and John (John outrunning Peter) hasten 
to the Sepulchre, and having inspected it, im- 
mediately depart. John, xx. 3 — 10. 

Mary Magdalene having returned with Peter and 
John, remains at the tomb, weeping. She, looking 
into the Sepulchre, sees two angels — Jesus him- 
self appears to her, and bids her go and tell the 
disciples. 

John, xx. 11 — 13.; Mark, xvi. 9. (John, 
xx. 14.) ; John, xx. 15 — 17. 



Place. — a, Gethsemane. b, Jerusalem. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



93 



A.n.30. 
April 7. 
Sunday 
morning, 
5 — 6 a. m. 

6 a. m. 



3—7 a. m 



Towards 
evening 



On her way to tell the disciples she meets Salome 
and the other Mary. a Christ appears to the 
three. Matt, xxviii. 9, 10. (John, xx. 18.) 

The guard having fled from the Sepulchre, make 
their report to the chief priests.* 

Matt, xxviii. 11 — 15. 

The second party of women from Galilee (the 
chief of whom was Joanna, the wife of Chuza, 
Herod's steward) — who had bought their spices 
on the evening before the Sabbath, having had 
a longer way to come, arrive after the departure 
of the others. 6 Two angels appear to them 
also. Luke, xxiv. 1 — 9. 

They hasten to tell the disciples. On the way 
they fall in with Mary Magdalene : they unite 
their testimony. Mark, xvi. 10. ; Luke, xxiv. 10.) 

The disciples are still doubtful (perhaps having 
the same opinion as Mary Magdalene had at 
first. " They have taken away my Lord, and I 
know not where they have laid him.'") Peter, 
however, is induced a second * time to run to 
the Sepulchre. 

Mark, xvi. 11. (Luke, xxiv. 11.); Luke, 
xxiv. 12. 
[* It must have been on this second visit that Christ appeared 

to him. Compare Luke, xxiv. 34. with 1 Cor. xv. 5.] 

Christ appears to the two disciples on their way 
to Emmaus. c They return to Jerusalem ; and 
while relating the circumstance to the disciples, 
Christ appears suddenly to them all — Thomas 
only being absent. 

Mark, xvi. 12. (Luke, xxiv. 13.) 



xxiv. 14—32.; Mark, xvi. 13. 
xxiv. 33 — 35.) ; Luke, xxiv. 36. 
xx. 19.); Luke, xxiv. 37 — 39.; 
xxiv. 40. (John, xx. 20.) ; Luke 
41_43. ; John, xx. 21—25. 



Luke, 
(Luke, 
(John, 

Luke, 
, xxiv. 



Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Gethsemane. c, Emmaus to Jerusalc 



! A.D.3Q. 

j April 1* 

Sunday, 

: towards 

: evening. 



Sunday 
evening, 

April 28. 



}Iay 5. 



May 15. 



May 16. 

Thursday. 



Christ appears to the eleven — Thomas being 
present." 

Mark, xvi. 14. (John, xx. 26—29.) See 
also 1 Cor. xv. 5. 

Christ appears to a large number of his disciples. 6 
Matt, xxviii. 16—18. See also 1 Cor. xv. 6. 

Christ appears to several disciples. Miraculous 
draught of fishes. Commands Peter to feed his 
sheep. John, xxi. 1 — 24. 

He expounds the Scriptures to his apostles. 3 

Luke, xxiv. 44 — 49. ; Acts, i. 4, 5. 

Our Blessed Lord's last commission to his dis- 
ciples, and His Ascension."* 
Luke, xxiv. 50. ; Acts, i. 6 — 8. ; Mark, xvi. 
15. ; Matt, xxviii. 19, 20. ; Mark, xvi. 16 — 
18.; Mark, xvi. 19. (Luke, xxiv. 50, 51.; 
Acts, i. 9.) ; Acts, i. 10, 11. ; Luke, xxiv. 
52. (Acts, i. 12.) ; Acts, i. 13, 14. ; Luke, 
xxiv. 53.; Mark, xvi. 20.; John, xx. 30, 31.; 
xxi. 25. 



COLLECT FOR ASCENSION" 
DAY. 

Grant, we beseech Thee, Almighty 
God, that, like as we do believe thy 
only begotten Son, our Lord Jesus 
Christ, to have ascended into the 
heavens, so we may also in heart and 
mind thither ascend, and with him 
continuallv dwell, who liveth and reign- 
eth with "Thee and the Holy Ghost, 
one God, world without end. Amen. 



SUNDAY AFTER ASCENSION 
DAY. 

O Goo, the King of Glory, who hast 
exalted thy only Son Jesus Christ, with 
great triumph, into thy kingdom in 
heaven, we beseech Thee, leave ns not 
comfortless, but send to us thy Holy 
Ghost to comfort us, and exalt us to 
the same place whither our Saviour 
Christ is gone before, who liveth and 
reigneth with Thee and the Holy Ghost, 
one God, world without end. Amen. 



Place. — a, Jerusalem, b, Galilee, c, Sea of Tiberias, d, Bethany. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



95 



PART III. 

THE APOSTOLIC AGE. 
(A Period of 71 Years.) 



SECTION I. 

Luke's Introduction to the Acts of the Apostles. 05 

Acts, i. 1 — 3. 

Matthias chosen to succeed Judas. " 

Acts, i. 15—26. 

Descent of the Holy Ghost. Gift of tongues. 
Peter's sermon." Acts, ii. 1 — 41. 

The unity of the primitive Church." 

Acts, ii. 42 — 47. 

The first exercise of miraculous power, by Peter 
and John." Acts, iii. 1 — 11. 

Peter's sermon on the occasion. They are ar- 
rested." Acts, iii. 12 — 26. ; iv. 1 — 4. 

Peter's defence before the council. The joy and 
thanksgiving of the Church on their release." 

Acts, iv. 5 — 31. 

The unity and blessedness of the Church in 
general, and of Joses or Barnabas in parti- 
cular." Acts, iv. 32—37. 

Hypocrisy of Ananias and Sapphira. Their aw- 
ful death." Acts, v. 1 — 10. 

Glorious increase of the Church." 

Acts, v. 11, 13, 14, 12, 15, 16. 



Place. — a, Jerusalem. 



95 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



A.D. 37. 

March. 



May. 



May to 
August. 



Sept. 



October. 



a.d. ob 
April. 



a.d. 41. 
April. 



May. 



The Apostles again imprisoned. An angel de- 
livers them." Acts, v. 17 — 21. 

They preach in the Temple. Brought before the 
Sanhedrim. Peter asserts that Jesus is the 
Christ. Council purpose to slay them. Ga- 
maliel's prudent advice. Their dismissal." 

Acts, v. 21 — 42. 

Appointment of Deacons." Acts, vi. 1 — 6. 

Stephen's arrest. Defence. Martyrdom." 

Acts, vi. 7 — 15. ; vii., viii. 1, 2. 

First General Persecution. Spread of the 
Gospel." Acts, viii. 1. I. p. 3,4. 

Philip's success. Peter and John sent to confirm 
the converts. Simon Magus rebuked. 6 

Acts, viii. 5 — 25. 

Ethiopian Eunuch converted. 

Acts, viii. 26—40. 

Conversion and baptism of Saul.** 

Acts, ix. 1 — 19. 
(After ivhich he goes into Arabia. See Gal. i. 17.) 

Paul returns from Arabia and preaches.^ 

Acts, ix. 19—25. 

He goes up to Jerusalem. Thence to Caesarea 
and Tarsus. The churches have rest. 

Acts, ix. 26—31. See also Gal. i. 18. ; 
and compare 2 Cor. xii. 2., with Acts, 
xxii. 17—21. 

Peter cures JEneas, and raises Dorcas to life. e 

Acts, ix. 32—43. 

Cornelius converted/ Acts, x. 



Pi/ACE. — a, Jerusalem, b, Samaria, c, On the way to Gaza, d, Damascus. 
e, Lydda and Joppa. f, Caesarea. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



97 



p. 41. 

June. 



July. 



Septem- 
ber. 



a., d. 43. 
March. 



Peter returns to Jerusalem, 
associated with Gentiles. 
His defence is accepted." 



Accused of having 

Defends himself. 

Acts, xi. 1 — 18. 



Success of the Gospel at Antioch. Barnabas 
sent by the Church of or at Jerusalem to Antioch. 

Acts, xi. 19—22. 

Barnabas goes to Tarsus to seek Saul ; he brings 
him to Antioch, where the disciples first receive 
the title of Christians. 6 Acts, xi. 25, 26. 

Agabus foretels a famine. Barnabas and Paul 
sent to Jerusalem with relief. 6 

Acts, xii. 1—23. 

Herod (Agrippa) persecutes the Church. Kills 
James. Casts Peter into prison. Peter's deliver- 
ance. Herod's awful death. c Acts, xii. 1 — 23. 

The Gospel increases Acts, xii. 24. 

Barnabas and Saul return to Antioch from 
Jerusalem, taking with them John Mark. 6 

Acts, xii. 25. 



A.T>. 44. 

May. 



SECTION II. 
st. Paul's first journey. 

By command of the Holy Spirit, Saul and Barna- 
bas are consecrated Apostles to the Gentiles. 6 

Acts, xiii. 1 — 3. 

Saul and Barnabas, with John Mark, set sail from 
Seleucia ; Salamis ; Paphos. Sergius Paulus 
converted. Elymas struck blind. Saul for the 
first time called Paul.** Acts, xiii. 4 — 12. 



Place. 



Jerusalem. 



b, Antioch in Syria. 
d, Cyprus. 



c, Jerusalem and Csesarea. 



II 



98 A POPULAR HARMONY 

Paul and his company leave Paphos, and come to 
Perga in Pamphylia, where John Mark leaves 
them and returns to Jerusalem. Paul and 
Barnabas proceed to Antioch. Here Paul 
preaches in the synagogue by desire of the 
rulers. The Gentiles request that the sermon 
may be preached again on the next Sabbath, on 
which day the whole city attend to hear. The 
Jews raise a persecution and expel them. They 
come to Iconium. a Acts, xiii. 13 — 51. 

At Iconium they preach with great success. Are 
persecuted and flee to Lystra. where they are 
at first treated as gods, and then persecuted. 
They go to Derbe, where they preach, and 
return to Lystra, Iconium, and Antioch in 
Pisidia, confirming the churches ; passing on 
through Perga and Attalia, whence they sail 
for Antioch in Syria. Here they call the 
Church together, and make their report." 

Acts, xiii. 51, 52. ; xiv. 1—28. 

Paul and Barnabas are sent from Antioch to 
Jerusalem, to consult the Church there con- 
cerning the necessity of circumcision." 

Acts, xv. 1 — 5. 

October The Apostolic Council, and their decision. 6 

Acts, xv. 6—29. 

Paul and Barnabas (with Judas and Silas) return 
to Antioch with the Apostles' decision. Great 
joy at the result. Judas returns to Jerusalem. 
Silas continues w r ith Paul and Barnabas. 

Acts, xv. 20—35. 



Place. — a, Asia Minor, b, Jerusalem. 



OP THE BIBLE. 99 



SECTION III. 
st. Paul's second journey. 

Paul and Barnabas differing, Barnabas takes 
John Mark and sails to Cyprus. Paul takes 
Silas and goes through Syria and Cilicia, con- 
firming the churches." 

Acts, xv. 36 — 41.; xvi. 4, 5. 

Paul, coming to Derbe and Lystra, meets with 
Timothy, the son of a Jewess by a Greek father, 
whom he circumcises, and takes with him into 
his work. 6 Acts, xvi. 1 — 3. 

They travel throughout Phrygia and Galatia. 
{Paul experie?ices a thorn in the flesh. See 
Gal.iv. 13., 2 Cor. xii. 7., x. 10.) Forbidden by 
the Spirit to preach in (Proconsular) Asia and 
Bithynia. 6 Acts, xvi. 6, 7. 

They proceed to Troas, where Paul has a vision 
relative to his preaching in Macedonia, in con- 
sequence of which they proceed, accompanied 
by Luke (the writer of the Acts) to Philippi, 
in Macedonia/ Acts, xvi. 8 — 11. 

At Philippi Lydda is converted and baptized. A 
certain damsel dispossessed of the spirit of divi- 
nation by Paul. Her masters drag Paul and 
Silas before the magistrates. They are beaten 
and imprisoned. Their deliverance. Conver- 
sion of the jailor. d Acts, xvi. 12 — 40. 

Paul and company pass through Amphipolis and 
Apollonia to Thessalonica. The Jews raise a 
persecution. They are sent away by night to 
Berea.^ 



Place. — a, Antioch. b, Asia Minor, c, Asia to Europe, d, Macedonia. 



H 2 



100 A POPULAR HARMONY 

At Berea they preach the Gospel. The Jews 
from Thessalonica pursue them. Paul leaves 
Timothy and Silas, and sails to Athens, whence 
he sends for them tc join him with all speed. 

Acts, xvii. 10 — 15. 

At Athens Paul preaches to the Jews, and en- 
counters the Epicureans and Stoics, who bring 
him to the Areopagus. Some mock, some hesi- 
tate, and some believe. Dionysius and Damaris 
among the latter. Acts, xvii. 16 — 34. 

{Timothy and Silas join him; but Paul being 
anxious for the Thessalonians, sends them back 
again. See 1 Thess. iii. 1 — 6.) 

Paul leaves Athens and comes to Corinth. Meets 
with Aquila and Priscilla, and labours with 
them at tent-making. Timothy and Silas again 
join him from Thessalonica.* 

Acts, xviii. 1 — 5. 

Paul writes his first Epistle to the Thessalonians. a 
J"]y- At Corinth, the Jews oppose and blaspheme.* 
Paul is cheered by a vision. Acts, xviii. 6 — 11. 

Paul writes a second Epistle to the Thessalonians 
in consequence of their misconceiving his first 
Epistle respecting the coming of the Judgment 
day. a 
a. d. 52. Paul is accused before Gallic" 

Acts, xviii. 12 — 17. 
Spring. Embarking at Cenchrea (with Priscilla and Ac- 
quila), Paul sails to Ephesus : here he leaves 
Priscilla and Acquila and sails to Csesarea, 
whence he proceeds to Jerusalem (taking Titus 
and Barnabas with him, Gal. ii. 1 — 10.) ; but 
shortly returns to Antioch (at which place Peter 
joined him, and whom Paul rebuked for incon- 
sistency, Gal. ii. 11 — 14.) 

Acts, xviii. 18—22. 

Place. — a, Corinth. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



101 



d.52. 
Autumn. 



A . n. 53. 
March. 



June to 



a.d. 55. 
March. 



SECTION IV. 
st. Paul's third journey. 

Paul visits the churches of Phrygia and Galatia." 

Acts, xviii. 23. 

[Peter also about this time sets out on an apostolic 
visitation, accompanied by Silvanus and Mark 
the Evangelist." 1 Peter, i. 1. ; v., xii. 13.] 

Account of Apollos and his preaching. 6 

Acts, xviii. 24—28. 

Paul arrives at Ephesus, and for three months de- 
votes himself to preaching to the Jews in the 
synagogues. Acts, xix. 1 — 8. 

Paul leaves the synagogue, and for two years 
teaches daily in the school of Tyrannus. c He 
works many miracles. Acts, xix. 9 — 20. 

[In this interval Peter visits Corinth, and proceeds 
to Rome. Collections are made for the Church 
of Jerusalem in the churches of Asia and 
Greece. In consequence of division and irre- 
gularities in the church at Corinth, Paul sends 
Peter there. 

1 Cor. i. 11—13. ; iii. 3. ; iv. 17. ; xvi. 1.] 

Paul writes his first Epistle to the Corinthians in 
answer to a request from that church, concern- 
ing several points of doctrine and disciplined 

Shortly after, Titus joins Paul, and is sent by him 
to Corinth. 2 Cor. xii. 18. 



Place. — a, Asia Minor, b, Ephesus and Corinth, c, Ephesus. 



H 3 



102 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



A. D. OJ. 

June. 



July. 



Novem- 
ber. 



a.d. 56. 



March 



April. 



Paul proposes to pass through Macedonia and 
Achaia to Jerusalem, afterwards to Rome. But 
having sent Timothy and Erastus to Macedonia, 
he continues a little longer at Ephesus. Dime- 
trius, a silversmith of Ephesus, raises an uproar 
against Paul, which, after some tumultuous pro- 
ceedings, is appeased by the town clerk. a 

Acts, xix. 21 — 41. 

Leaving Ephesus, Paul traverses Macedonia.? 

Acts, xx. 1 — 2. 

[Titus meets Paul here from Corinth, instead of at 
Troas, as expected. 

2 Cor. ii. 12, 13.; vii. 5, 6.] 

Paul sends Titus back to Corinth, carrying with 
him the second Epistle to that church. 6 

2 Cor. i — xiii. 

Paul writes his Epistle to the Galatians? 

Paul goes into Greece, where he tarries three 
months. Acts, xx. S.f.p. 

Paul writes the Epistle to the Romans* 

To avoid a conspiracy of the Jews, he does not pro- 
ceed to Syria by sea, but returns through Mace- 
donia, and embarking at Philippi with Luke, 
joins his companions at Troas. Paul preaches 
there. Restores Eutychus to life. e 

Acts, xx. 3—12. 

Luke and company sail to Assos, but Paul comes 
thither on foot. Paul embarks with them at 
Assos, comes to Mitylene, sails thence, and passes 
by Chios, arrives at Samos, tarries at Trogyl- 
lium, and comes to Miletus. Purposing to get 



Place. 



Ephesus. 



b, Macedonia. c, Greece. 
e, Cenchrea to Troas. 



d, Cenchrea. 



OF THE BIBLE. 103 



as soon as possible to Jerusalem, he sends 
from Miletus, and calls the elders of the church 
of Ephesus, to whom he preaches a most affect- 
ing sermon, exhorts and prays with them. His 
affecting leave of them. Acts, xx. 17 — 38. 

ApHi. ' Paul and his companions sail from Melitus, and 
come to Coos, Rhodes, and Patara, whence they 
take ship and sail past Cyprus and land at Tyre. 
Here they find disciples, and stay seven days. 
Sail to Ptolemais, stay with the brethren one 
day. Come to Csesarea, lodge with Philip the 
Evangelist. Agabus prophesies of his inprison- 
ment. The disciples endeavour to dissuade him 
from going to Jerusalem. Acts, xxi. 1 — 14. 

May. Paul arrives at Jerusalem (his fifth visit). In- 
terview with James and the elders. Their 
counsel." Acts, xxi. 15 — 26. 

Paul attacked by a mob. Rescued by the chief 
captain, who makes him a prisoner." 

Acts, xxi. 27 — 36. 

Paul requests, and is permitted to address the 
populace. Claims exemption as a Roman citi- 
zen from scourging/* 

Acts, xxi. 37—40. ; xxii. 1 — 29. 

Brought before the Council. Paul sharply re- 
proves the high priest. A great commotion 
with the Pharisees and Sadducees on his dis- 
course. Paul is sheltered in the castle. Com- 
forted by a vision in the night. a 

Acts, xxii, 30.; xxiii. 1 — 11. 

The Jews bind themselves to kill Paul. Their 
conspiracy discovered. He is sent under an 
escort, by night, to Felix at Cassarea." 

Acts, xxiii. 12 — 35. 

Place. — a, Jerusalem. 
H 4 



104 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



A. D. 56. 

May. 



a. D. 56. 

to 
a. D. 58. 



They arrive at Csesarea. Paul is promised a 
hearing when his accusers come." 

Acts, xiii. 34, 35. 

Paul's accusers come (viz., high priest, the elders, 
and one Tertullus). Paul's defence." 

Acts, xxiv. 1—23. 

Felix reserves his decision till Claudius Lysias 
should come. Paul and Felix's private inter- 
view. Is treated with humanity and respect 
(but is detained in prison two years) on the ex- 
pectation that Paul would give Felix money. 
Felix being superseded in the government, to 
please the Jews, leaves Paul a prisoner." 

Acts, xxiv. 24 — 27. 



July. 



August, 
to 



March. 



Festus, the successor of Felix, is beseeched by the 
Jews, that he would send Paul to Jerusalem to 
be tried ; they lying in wait to kill him on the 
way. Festus refuses, and Paul is accused be- 
fore him. Paul appeals to Cassar." 

Acts, xxv. 1 — 12. 

King Agrippa and Bernice his wife visit Festus. 
They desire to hear Paul. Paul's defence be- 
fore Agrippa the next day." 

Acts, xxv. 13 — 27: ; xxvi. 

Paul is sent to Rome, as a prisoner, in the custody 
of Julius a centurion. Wrecked on the way 
at Melita. Winters there. Heals Publius (the 
father of Publius, the governor of the island) of 
a fever. After a stay of three months, they set 



sail for Rome." 



Acts, xxvii. ; xxviii. 1 — 15. 



Paul arrives at Rome. 6 His kind treatment there. 
Declares to the Jews the cause of his imprison- 
ment. Acts, xxviii. 14 — 29 



Place. — a, Cassarea. b, Rome. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



105 



» 63. 
March 
A. D. 64. 
June. 

August. 

A. D. 65. 

July. 
A. d. 65. 

A,D. 66. 

April. 
June 29. 



Paul is detained two years, during which time he 
writes several epistles." * 

Acts, xxviii. 30, 31. 

[* March, A. d. 60, to the Ephe.sians ; June, Colossians ; Jul}*, 
to Philemon; September, to the PhiUppians.~\ 

SECTION V. 

FROM THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE LAST JOUR- 
NEY OF ST. PAUL TO THE CLOSE OF THE 
CANON OF THE SCRIPTURES. 

Paul liberated. Visits Spain, Timothy is im- 
prisoned at Rome. 

Martyrdom of James the Just, Bishop of Jeru- 
salem, at Jerusalem. 

Paul returns from Spain. Timothy liberated. 

Paul writes the Epistle to the Hebrews. 6 

Peter visits Rome a second time. 

Paul visits Crete. Leaves Titus there. Proceeds 
to Macedonia. 

Paul writes his Epistle to Titus. 

Winters at Nicopolis. 

Paul writes his first Epistle to Timothy. 

Paul makes a circuit of Dalmatia. 

Peter writes his Epistles. 

Peter's martyrdom." 

Paul arrives at Rome a second time. Has an au- 
dience before Nero. 

Paul writes his second Epistle to Timothy. 

Martyrdom of Paul. a 

St. John writes his^rs^ Epistle. 



Place. — a, Rome, b, While waiting for Timothy in Italy. 



d. 70. 



106 A POPULAR HARMONY 



St. John writes his second Epistle. 

St. John writes his third Epistle. 

Destruction of Jerusalem. 

Jude writes his Epistle. 

St. John writes the Apocalypse. 

St. John sanctions the Canon of the New Testa- 
ment ; which he completes bj writing his 
Gospel at the request of the Church at Ephesus." 



SECTION VI. 

SOITE FURTHER ACCOUNT OF THE EPISTLES.* 

1. First Epistle to the Thessalonians. — St. Paul, 
being cheered by the intelligence brought to him by Silas 
and Timothy, of the steadfastness of the Thessalonians, 
writes this Epistle to them with a view to establish them in 
the faith by enforcing the evidences of Christianity ; to 
strengthen them against opposition and persecutions, and 
to urge them to holiness of life. It was written from 
(Athens) Corinth, a.d. 50. 

2. Second Epistle to the Thessalonians. — The 
Thessalonians having misconceived St. Paul's former 
Epistle respecting the immediate coming of the judgment- 
day (insomuch that many neglected their secular affairs), 
to correct this error he writes this second Letter, in 
which he also foretells the rise, prosperity, and overthrow 
of a great apostacy. It was written from (Athens) Co- 
rinth, July, 50. 

3. First Epistle to the Corinthians. — The Corin- 
thian Church having written to St. Paul for his advice upon 

Place. — a, Ephesus. 
* The account of the Epistles has, for the most part, been extracted from 
Adam Clarke, Pearson, &c. 



OF THE BIBLE. 107 



several points, he writes this Epistle to them, 1. Assert- 
ing his authority ; 2. relative to dissensions ; 3. respect- 
ing the incestuous person ; 4. concerning the eating of 
things offered to idols; 5. on various ecclesiastical regu- 
lations ; 6. on the Resurrection ; 7. exhorting, saluting, 
commending, &c. 

The Subscription to this Epistle in our English Bible 
is certainly incorrect. That it was not written from 
Philippi, but from Ephesus, is plain. See chap. xvi. 5, 
8, 10, 19. That it was not written by " Silvanus, and 
Fortunatus, and Achaicus and Timotheus," needs no 
proof. For written by, read sent by. 

It was written by Paul at Ephesus, March, A. d. 55. 

4. Second Epistle to the Corinthians. — Titus hav- 
ing met St. Paul in Macedonia, and told him of the refor- 
mation his first Letter produced, he writes this second 
Letter to comfort, to commend them, to vindicate his 
apostolic character, and to unmask the pretended apostle 
who had led them so long astray. It is generally allowed 
that this Epistle was written from Macedonia, and probably 
from the city of Philippi, in that province, October, a.d. 
55. 

5. Epistle to the Galatians. — St. Paul undoubtedly 
wrote this Letter, the scope of which was, — 1. to assert 
his apostolic character, and 2. to establish the doctrine 
of justification by faith, in opposition to the Jewish 
teachers, who insisted upon obedience to the ceremonial 
law as the great requisite to salvation. 

The Subscription says it was "written from Rome;" 
but it is more than probable that it was written from 
Corinth or Ephesus, November, a.d. 55. Some think 
earlier, a.d. 52. 

6. Epistle to the Romans. — St. Paul wrote this Epistle, 
— 1. For the Gentiles, to prove to them that neither 
their boasted philosophy, nor their moral virtue, nor the 
light of human reason; — 2. to the Jews, that neither 
their knowledge of, or obedience to, the law of Moses, 
could justify them before God; but that faith in Christ 



108 A POPULAR HARMONY 

alone was, and ever had been, the only way of salva- 
tion to all mankind. Concerning the time this Epistle 
was written, there is not much difference of opinion. 
It was most likely written about a.d. 56 or 58, when 
Paul was at Corinth. It appears from chap. xvi. 22, 
that Paul did not write this Epistle with his own hand, 
but used a person called Tertius as his amanuensis, and 
that it was sent by the hands of Phebe, a deaconess of 
the Church of Cenchrea, which was the eastern port on 
the isthmus of Corinth. 

7. First Epistle of St. Peter. — The writer of this 
Epistle was St. Peter, who styles himself aw apostle of Jesus 
Christ ; observe, not universal bishop ! Had Peter been 
the chief pastor, he would undoubtedly have written, 
Peter, the chief or head apostle of Jesus Christ. Peter 
writes this Epistle to the Jews, who in the time of per- 
secution had taken refuge in the heathen countries men- 
tioned in the inscription ; and also to the Gentile con- 
verts, to confirm them in the Christian religion, to 
encourage them to constancy under the sharpest persecu- 
tions, and to enforce upon them the necessity of leading 
a holy and blameless life, that they may put to shame 
the calumnies of their adversaries. 

The Subscription infers that this Epistle was written 
from Babylon. Now, if Peter was at Rome at the time, 
it is very pertinent that he should style that city by the 
very title given to it forty years after in the Revelations; 
but I cannot believe he was at Rome at the time : hence 
we must understand by Babylon — Babylon in Egypt. 

It was written about A. d. 59. 

8. The Ef-istle to the Ephesians. — This Epistle was 
written by St. Paul, a. d. 60, when he was a prisoner at 
Rome. It is directed " to the saints which are at 
Ephesus," where he had preached the Gospel for three 
years with eminent success. Fearing that they might 
faint in their Christian course, he writes to them to 
establish them in that faith he had preached to them, 



OF THE BIBLE. 109 



which he was now a prisoner for, and stood ready to seal 
with his own blood. 

9. Epistle to the Colossians. — Epaphras having 
founded a Church at Colosse, and instructed the Colos- 
sians in the Christian religion, he left them for a time, 
and went to Rome, and was the fellow prisoner of St. 
Paul. In his absence the Colossians were infested with 
false teachers. Paul, hearing from Epaphras of their 
faith and love, addresses this Epistle to them (not having 
seen their face in the flesh, chap. ii. 1.), — 1. to prove 
that the hope of a man's salvation is founded on the 
atonement of Christ alone, and 2ndly, by the establish- 
ment of opposite truths to eradicate the errors of the 
Judaizers, who not only preached the Mosaic law, but 
also the opinions of the Heathen, Oriental, or Essenian 
philosophers, concerning the worship of angels, on ac- 
count of their supposed agency in human affairs. 

This Epistle was written by Paul, June, A. d. 60, while 
at Rome, and sent to the Colossians by Tychicus and 
Onesimus. 

10. Epistle to Philemon. — July, a.d. 60, St.Paul writes 
to his friend Philemon, to intercede with him in favour 
of his servant Onesimus, who had fled from the service 
of his master to Rome ; he had been converted in that 
city by the writer, and he earnestly desires Philemon to 
pardon him and to receive him again into his favour. 

1 i. Epistle to the Philippians. — St. Paul being in 
bonds, the Philippians sent Epaphroditas, their bishop, 
to him, with a liberal contribution, to supply his want?, 
by whom St. Paul returns this Epistle, partly to testify 
his thankfulness for the relief received from them, but 
principally to comfort them under the concern they had 
expressed on the subject of his imprisonment, to en- 
courage them to walk worthy of the Gospel, to warn 
them against the seductions of false teachers who had 
begun to introduce themselves amon< 
quicken them to divers Christian duties. 

It was written September, a. d. 60. 



110 A POPULAR HARMONY 

12. The general Epistle of St. James. — St. James 
writes to the Jewish Christians in general, to caution 
them against the prevalent evils of the day, to rectify 
the errors into which many had fallen by misinter- 
preting St. Paul's doctrine of justification, and to enforce 
various duties. It was penned from Jerusalem a. d. 61. 
This was James commonly called James the Less, and 
our Lord's brother, the son of Alpheus, styled also James 
the Just, and bishop of Jerusalem ; consequently its au- 
thority cannot reasonably be questioned. 

13. The Epistle to the Hebrews. — There have 
been many and various opinions touching who the pen- 
man of this Epistle was — some have supposed it written 
by Luke, others by Barnabas or Clemens, but most by 
St. Paul, of which I think there is little reason to doubt. 
However, of this we are assured that the Spirit of God 
indited, and hence it is of little consequence to us who 
held the pen. It is generally supposed that the reason 
St. Paul did not prefix his name to this Epistle, as he 
did to others, was because he was the Apostle to the 
Gentiles, and not the Jews, and his name not being 
over acceptable to them, he does not prefix it lest the 
sight of it should prejudice the Jews and take them oil 
from duly weighing and considering the weighty matter 
which he wrote upon. 

The general scope and design of the Epistle is to 
inform the Hebrews, that the Gospel dispensation far 
surpasses the dispensation of the Old Testament ; and to 
prove that Christ was greater than the angels ; a greater 
person and law giver than Moses ; a greater priest than 
Aaron ; a greater prince than Melchisedec ; and that the 
Levitical priesthood, and the Old Covenant, were to give 
place to Christ, our Great High Priest, and to the New 
Covenant established upon better promises. 

It was written by St. Paul, March, A. d. 63, while 
waiting for Timothy in Italy, by whom it was sent to 
the converted Hebrews. 

14. Epistle to Titus. — Titus was a Gentile con- 



OF THE BIBLE. Ill 

verted early to Christianity, and eventually left by St. 
Paul to govern the Church in Crete. St. Paul briefly 
instructs him in all parts of his duty, — in electing church 
governors, in censuring false teachers, in instructing the 
ancient and young persons, in pressing upon all persons 
obedience to magistrates, and a care to maintain good 
works. It was written August, a. d. 64, from Nicopolis, 
of Macedonia. 

15. Fikst Epistle to Timothy. — St. Paul writes this 
letter as well as his second letter to direct Timothy how to 
govern himself, and how to guide his people; how to 
suppress those false doctrines and corruptions which the 
Jewish zealots were endeavouring to establish in the 
Church of Ephesus, over which he was appointed to pre- 
side. It was written, A. D. 65, from Nicopolis. 

16. Second Epistle of Peter. — St. Peter, having pro- 
bably received a revelation of his approaching death, writes 
this second letter to the Jews of the dispersion, to warn 
them of the trials and persecutions which were coming 
upon them, and to fortify them against departing from 
that holy commandment, which these newly converted 
Jews were very prone unto. 

Written from Rome, A. d. 65. The same year of his 
martyrdom. 

17. Second Epistle to Timothy.— This Epistle might 
be termed the dying charge of St. Paul, for in anticipation 
of his approaching martyrdom, he wrote to Timothy as 
his last bequest, exhorting him to the faithful discharge 
of his duty in all times of apostacy, persecution, and dis- 
sension, and forewarns him to prepare for sufferings and 
persecutions, from his own example set before him. It 
was written from Rome, April, A. d. 66, only two months 
before he was "offered up." It was the last Epistle 
this " chief" of Saints wrote. 

18. First Epistle of St. John. — John does not prefix 
his name, yet from coincidences between these Epistles and 
the Gospel there cannot be the least doubt who was 



112 A POPULAR HARMONY 

their author. He writes to confute the errors of false 
teachers. The Docet^e, who denied the humanity of 
Christ, and taught that his body and sufferings were only 
imaginary. — The Corinthians and Ebonites, who said 
he was a mere man, and that his divinity was simply 
added for a time, and that he put it off at his passion. — 
The Nicolaitans, or Gnostics, who taught that the 
knowledge of God and Christ was sufficient for salvation ; 
and that, therefore, they might indulge in sin with im- 
punity. He cautions against such doctrines, and con- 
trasts them with the truths and doctrines of the Gospel 
in which they had been instructed, and in which he ex- 
horts them to continue. It was written in Asia Minor, 
a. d. 68. 

19. Second Epistle of St. John. — Some think this 
Epistle was written to a Church under the title of the 
Elect Lady ; but it seems more probable that it was to 
some pious female friend. His object is to caution her and 
her children against the seductions and pernicious errors 
of a sect of the Gnostics. It was penned in Asia Minor, 
a. d. 69. 

20. Third Epistle of St. John. — Gaius, to whom this 
Epistle is addressed, was Paul's host (Rom. xvi.). He 
writes to commend him for his steadfast faith and kind- 
ness to some Christian brethren, and to recommend them 
again to his protection and hospitality ; to warn him 
against Diotrephes, who had denied his authority, and to 
recommend Demetrius to his attention. Written, a. d. 69, 
from Asia Minor. 

21. Epistle of St. Jude. — The intent of this Epistle 
was to fortify the Jewish Christians against the errors 
and corruptions of those who attempted to seduce per- 
sons from the plainness and simplicity of the Gospel, and 
to bring upon them the same condemnation and judg- 
ment with themselves. Written in Asia Minor, a.d. 72. 



OF THE BIBLE. 113 



The Revelation of St. John the Divine. 

This is sometimes called the Apocalypse. It was 
penned by St. John, the Apostle and Evangelist, the dis- 
ciple whom Jesus loved, under the guidance of the Spirit 
of God. It was on the Lord's day, a. d. 96, in the Isle 
of Patmos, to which place it is said St. John was banished 
by the Emperor Domitian, after he had escaped death at 
Rome — having been there put into a cauldron of burn- 
ing oil. 

Its design is to supply the place of a continued succes- 
sion of Prophets in the Christian Church till the end of 
the world. — Amen. Even so come Lord Jesus. 



Trinitati Gloria Sempiterna. 



114 A POPULAR HARMONY 



HISTORY OF THE JEWS 

FROM THE 
CRUCIFIXION TO THE DESTRUCTION OF JERUSALEM. 



The Jewish nation having filled up the measure of their 
guilt by rejecting and putting to death the Messiah, that 
awful hour,, predicted by our blessed Lord, speedily 
arrived. 

A popular commotion arose in Samaria, which being 
suppressed with great severity by Pilate, led to the recall 
and banishment of the Roman governor, which was 
shortly after followed by the deposition of Herod 
Antipas. The Emperor Caligula, A. d. 40, commanded 
a large gilded statue of himself, in his character of Deity, 
to be placed in the Temple of Jerusalem. This 
mandate excited the utmost horror and distress in the 
minds of the Jews. The leaders of the nation besought 
the Roman Governor of Syria not to execute this com- 
mand. For several weeks every occupation and employ- 
ment was laid aside — the country near Ptolemais was 
covered by vast crowds in mourning habits. Petronius 
suspended the execution of the order, and Agrippa being 
then at Rome succeeded in procuring its recall, but not 
without much difficulty. After the death of Caligula, 
Agrippa, whose life had more than once been endangered 
by the fury of that tyrant, was appointed king of the 
Jews. To gratify the Jews, he persecuted the Christians, 
and put the Apostle James to death. He died at Caesarea, 
A. d. 44. The soldiery insulting his memory lid to angry 
feelings between them and the Jews, which paved the 
way for subsequent troubles. 

Judea again became a Roman province, under Cuspius 



OF THE BIBLE. 115 



Fadus.* A famine then prevailed and the commotion of 
the second Theudas followed ; a. d. 48, Venditius Cu- 
manus became governor, and the Jews being indignant 
at the sacrilegious conduct of a Roman soldier, insulted 
the governor : this led to a tumult, which ended by se- 
veral thousand Jews being crushed or trampled to death 
near the temple. A series of disturbances followed. 

Felix was appointed governor, a. d. 51, and a course of 
barbarous cruelties and oppressions followed, by which 
the Jews were goaded into open rebellion. Robbers in- 
fested every part of the land, false Christs arose, the 
murders and executions were beyond enumeration. The 
high priest was murdered at the altar, and the horrid 
work of assassination was pursued in the temple. The 
Jewish historian says, " God abandoned Jerusalem as 
a detested city from that hour, and sent the Romans to, 
be the ministers of his vengeance." At this time an 
Egyptian Jew led out numbers from Jerusalem, and on 
his return, conducted 30,000 men to the Mount of Olives, 
promising them a miraculous deliverance from their 
heathen foes ; but many of his followers were slain, and 
the rest dispersed. 

a. d. 60, Festus became the governor, and did much 
to soften down the bad spirit that prevailed; but on his 
death their hardships increased under Albinus, which 
were heightened by the discharge of 18,000 men on the 
completion of the temple. These troubles, the nation 
found, were light compared with those they were now 
called upon to endure under the ferocious despotism of 
Gessius Florus, a. d. 64. His tyranny forced them into 
open revolt. They appealed (a. d. 66) to the Syrian Pre- 
fect, but in vain. 

Many things had already transpired to warn this de- 
voted people that the Divine wrath was poured out upon 
them, that God had forsaken them, and destruction 
awaited close at hand. In this year (66), a greater mul- 
titude attended the Passover. It is recorded no less 
than 255,000 paschal lambs were offered at Jerusalem, 

* Was Procurator about twelve yearc after the death of our Lord. 



12 



116 A POPULAR HARMONY 

which at the lowest calculation would give 3,000,000 
souls attending the festival. 

A circumstance apparently of little moment gave the 
immediate impulse to the fatal overthrow of the Jewish 
nation. Caesarea had been pronounced a pagan city. A 
Greek refused to part with some land near a synagogue, 
and insulted the Jews when engaged in their religious 
observance. A contest followed. The Jews being 
worsted, sought redress, but the conduct of Florus 
showed that it was his intention to oppress them yet 
more severely, and they prepared for war. A massacre 
of more than 3000 persons at Jerusalem followed soon 
after an unsuccessful attempt was made by Florus to 
plunder the sacred treasury. Agrippa endeavoured to 
allay the popular rage, but was compelled to leave the 
.city. Open war now begun, and some places of strength 
were taken from the Romans. The garrison of Jerusalem 
surrendered on capitulation, but were slaughtered with- 
out mercy. Several massacres of the Jews followed at 
Alexandria, Caesarea, and in other heathen cities, while 
the whole of Judea was a scene of wretchedness and blood. 
A powerful army, commanded by Cestius Gallus, marched 
into Judea, a. d. 66, and approached close to the walls of 
Jerusalem, and when the Roman general made the attack, 
a peaceful party among the Jews had resolved to admit 
him, and thus save their city ; but he made a retreat and 
was defeated near Beth-horon with great loss, the Jews 
captured all his military engines, and which they after- 
wards used in the defence of their city. This animated 
the Jewish nation to continue the contest. Many, seeing 
what the result of such madness would be, left the city. 
The Christian — remembering the warning of the Saviour, 
when they should see Jerusalem encompassed with 
armies — fled to Pella, a city beyond Jordan, far from the 
scene of war. 

Matters now grew daily more desperate, and the Jews 
prepared to make a most desperate resistance. Vespa- 
sian was now sent to crush the rebellion. The Jews had no 
allies, and even their brethren in foreign cities were suffering 



OF THE BIBLE. 117 



from the madness of their brethren at Jerusalem. The 
only help they received was from one of their own race, 
Josephus, the historian, who was entrusted with the com- 
mand in Galilee, and by a most obstinate resistance at 
Jotapa, he arrested the progress of the Roman forces 
daring forty-seven days. At length Jotapa was taken 
and Josephus made prisoner; being preserved to write 
the history of the destruction of his nation. 

Other cities successively fell before Vespasian and his 
son Titus, and the lives of the wretched Jews were sel- 
dom spared. Many of the nation were now desirous to 
submit, but the violent party of zealots prevailed, and 
perpetrated the most unheard-of cruelties. While their 
enemies were approaching, the city of Jerusalem was dis- 
tracted by acts of violence and massacre, and no one was 
safe from being hurried to instant death. Such horrors 
were perpetrated, that Vespasian suspended his onward 
progress, not only that his soldiers might gain strength 
by the interval of rest, but that the Jews might effect 
their own destruction. 

During a. d. 69, and part of 70, several changes took 
place in the imperial government. At length, all was 
settled by the elevation of Vespasian. Titus returned 
to Judea to finish the subjugation of the rebellious nation. 
At the time Titus approached the city of Jerusalem, it 
was the habitation of violence, and all that was evil and 
desperate. Yet at that time, thus disordered within, 
and threatened from without, an infatuated multitude 
thronged to the city, to keep the Passover ; and it is com- 
puted, that between two and three millions of persons 
were enclosed within the walls of this devoted city. Vast 
stores of provisions were destroyed, sanguinary feuds 
prevailed, and priests, while occupied in their sacred 
duties, often perished by the weapons of the different 
factions who fought even in the temple courts. 

The Jewish leaders in Jerusalem, during the siege, 
were John Gischala and Simon the son of G-orias, each 
of whom was at the head of a band of desperate assas- 
sins. The Romans began the siege in April, a. d. 70. 



I 3 



118 A POPULAR HAEMOXY 

After a series of attacks, the suburbs were possessed by 
the Eomans, part of the inner wall was thrown down, 
but the breach was defended by the Jews with the most 
obstinate resistance, and when overpowered, still retained 
the upper city, Antonia, and the temple. The greater 
part of the inhabitants would have gladly surrendered, 
but the zealots slaughtered all who spoke of peace. Some, 
however, escaped to the Romans, and were allowed to 
depart. Famine now rased. The armed men seized 
every article of food ; all who retained the appearance 
of health were suspected of having concealed supplies, 
and were tortured to compel them to produce their stores. 
Internal discord still prevailed, and the city was the 
s«ene of dreadful bloodshed. Titus,, enraged at the ob- 
stinacy of the Jews, ordered all who were taken to be 
put to death. Many were seized who ventured beyond 
the walls during the night in search of roots and herbs : 
they were crucified in the morning, and several hundreds 
were frequently seen at once agonizing in the same bodily 
tortures they had inflicted on the Messiah ! The zealots 
only made this a plea for more desperate resistance. 

The efforts of the Eomans to gain possession of the 
inner walls having been repulsed, Titus caused the whole 
city to be surrounded with a trench, (agreeably to the pre- 
cise words of our Lord,) and thus entirely cut off all 
supplies from the Jews, while the usual attacks were 
continued. This trench, thirty-nine stadia in circumfer- 
ence, was completed in three days. The dreadful state 
of Jerusalem then exceeded the power of language to 
describe ; while in the Eoman camp, some thousands of 
prisoners were cut open, while living, to search their 
bodies for gold and jewels they were supposed to have 
swallowed ! Titus called his gods to witness that he was 
not the guilty cause of such unexampled horrors. With- 
in the walls 600,000 persons died, and the dead bodies, 
too numerous to throw over the precipices, were piled 
up in empty houses, or left in the places where they 
had expired. Many died with their eyes fixed on the 
temple. Amidst these scenes of horror the zealots con- 



OF THE BIBLE. 119 



tinned their excesses. At length, the fort of Antonia 
was taken, and for a moment the Jews fled before their 
enemies in the temple, but the nailed shoes of the fore- 
most assailant slipped upon the marble pavement, his 
enemies, unable to pierce his coat-of-mail, severed his 
limbs from his body, and the Romans were driven back 
into the fort. The daily sacrifice now ceased for want 
of lambs. The temple, no longer a place of worship, 
became a vast fortification, and resounded with the noise of 
mortal contest. Another unsuccessful attempt was made 
upon the temple by the Romans : the struggle continued 
many hours. The ties of affection had for some time 
been disregarded, but a deed of horror was now per- 
petrated, the remembrance of which Titus declared he 
would bury beneath the ruins of the city in which it 
was committed. A mother, Mary of Bethezob, a woman 
of rank, took her emaciated infant from her bosom, 
roasted and ate a part ! The zealots were drawn to her 
house by the scent of the food, but, struck with horror, 
withdrew when they had ascertained the cause. Thus 
dreadfully was the awful denunciation fulfilled. (Deut. 
xxviii. 56, 57.) 

Titus again attacked the temple and carried the outer 
courts. He desired to save the main building, but He 
whose word cannot fail had predicted its destruction. 
The next day was the 16th of August, the anniversary 
of the destruction of Solomon's Temple by Nebuchad- 
nezzar. The sun once more shone upon that building 
which had drawn forth the admiration of the world, but 
it was the last. The Jews had made a furious sally, 
they were repulsed ; the setting sun gilded its pinnacles, 
to gild them again no more for ever. After night-fall a 
Roman soldier, contrary to orders, threw a flaming brand 
into one of the chambers of the temple. The flames 
burst forth, the Roman soldiers, no longer under com- 
mand, rushed into the sacred building, and all was speedily 
a scene of carnage and plunder, and soon became a 
smouldering ruin. While the temple was burning the 
infatuation of the Jews continued. An impostor led 



l 4 



120 A POPULAR HARMONY 

6000 to the roof of the cloisters promising a miraculous 
deliverance : all perished in the flames. The upper part 
of the city was still in the hands of the zealots, but they 
no longer had courage to resist ; the strongest parts of 
the fortification were abandoned. The Romans entered 
and found the houses filled with putrid bodies, but still 
thousands of Jews remained to perish by the sword, and 
every building, except a few of the towers, was burned. 

In this war more than 1,500,000 of the Jewish nation 
perished, and the scanty remnant were sold for slaves — 
but some of the prisoners no one would buy. So great 
was the plunder that the price of gold in Syria was re- 
duced to one half its usual value. They fell by the edge 
of the sword, they were led away captive (not even being 
permitted to look back on that which was the glory of 
the whole earth), and Jerusalem has since been trodden 
down by the Gentiles. 

The sufferings of the Jewish nation in this war were 
indeed unparalleled; but Josephus shows that the national 
guilt called for such punishment. He says, " If the Ro- 
mans had delayed to come upon these offenders, I think the 
city would have been swallowed up by an earthquake, or 
overwhelmed by a deluge, or have partaken of the fire of 
Sodom." He further relates, " That time became fruitful 
of all manner of wickedness among the Jews ; insomuch 
that they left no work of mischief unpractised ; nor if a 
person Avished to frame a crime in imagination, could he 
invent any new one. So diseased were they all, both in 
public and private, and with such ambition did they 
strive to exceed each other in acts of impiety towards 
God, and of injustice towards their neighbour — the 
powerful on the one hand ill-treating the populace, and 
the multitude on the other eager to destroy the powerful ; 
for the one wished to tyrannise, the other to commit vio- 
lence, and to plunder the property of the wealthy. To 
recount all their iniquity would be impossible ; but I may 
briefly say, never did any other city suffer such woes, nor 
was there a more wicked generation from the beginning 
of the world." (Deut. xxix. 24.) 



OF THE BIBLE. 121 



The Saviour had in the most striking and solemn 
manner predicted the ruin of the Jewish people, their 
temple, and their polity. He had declared, " They shall 
fall by the edge of the sword, and shall be led away 
captive into all nations : and Jerusalem shall be trodden 
down by the Gentiles." (Luke, xxi. 24.) 

The number, as we before observed, who perished by 
the sword was very great, and this will be still more 
evident from the following frightful catalogue of mas- 
sacres, which took place in different parts : — By the 
command of Florus, the first author of the war, there 
were slain at Jerusalem, 3,600. By the inhabitants of 
Ccesarea, more than 20,000. At Scythopolis, about 
13,000. At Ascalon, 2,500. At Ptolemais, 2,000. At 
Alexandria, 50,000. At Joppa, by Cestius Gallus, 8,400. 
In Mount Asamon, about 2,000. At Damascus, 10,000. 
In a battle with the Romans at Ascalon, 10,000. In an 
ambuscade near Ascalon, 8,000. At Japha, 15,000. 
Samaritans on Mount Gerizim, 11,600. At Jotapa, 
40,000. At Joppa, by Vespasian, 4,200. At Tarichea, 
6,500. And after the city was taken, 1,200. At Gamala, 
4,000. About 5,000 threw themselves down a precipice. 
Under John of Gischala, 6,000. Gadarenes, 15,000 slain, 
and countless multitudes drowned. At Idumea, 10,000. 
Gerasa, 1000. Machceans, 1,700. The woods of Jardes, 
3,000. The castle of Masada, 960. In Gyrene, by Ca- 
tullus the governor, 3,000. Titus murders 2,500 Jews, in 
honour of his brother's birthday, and a greater number 
at Berytus, in honour of his father's. Some he caused to 
kill each other ; some were thrown to the wild beasts ; 
and others burnt alive. 

Besides these, many of every age, sex, and condition 
were slain in the war, who are not reckoned ; but, of 
those who are reckoned, the number amounts to upwards 
of 1,357,660, which would have appeared incredible, if 
their own historian had not so particularly enumerated 
them. 

Many also were led away captives into all nations. 



122 A POPULAR HARMONY 

There were taken at Japha, 2,130. At Jotapa, 1,200. At 
Tarichea, 6,000 chosen young men, who were sent to 
Nero ; others sold, to the number of 30,400, besides those 
who were given to Agrippa. Of the Gadarenes were 
taken 2,200. In Idumea, above 1,000. Many besides 
these were taken in Jerusalem; so that, as Josephus 
says, the number of the captives taken in the whole war 
amounted to 97,000. Those above seventeen years of age 
were sent to the works in Egypt ; but most were distri- 
buted through the Roman provinces, to be destroyed in 
their theatres by the sword, and by the wild beasts ; and 
those under seventeen years of age were sold for slaves. 
Eleven thousand in one place perished for want. Thus 
were the Jews miserably tormented, and distributed over 
the Roman provinces ; and continue to be distressed and 
dispersed over all the nations of the world to the pre- 
sent day. Jerusalem also was, according to the predic- 
tion of our Lord, to be trodden down by the Gentiles. 
Accordingly, it has never since been in the possession of 
the Jews. It was first in subjection to the Romans, 
afterwards to the Sarazens, then to the Franks, after to 
the Mamalukes, and now to the Turks. Thus has the pro- 
phecy of Christ been fulfilled, on a people who are to 
this day preserved as evidences of the truth of our Lord's 
prediction, and of the truth of the Christian religion. 

The war began in the second year of the government 
of Gessius Florus, who succeeded Albinus, successor of 
Porcius Festus, mentioned Acts, xxiv. 27. ; in the month 
of May, in the tivelfth year of Nero, and the seventeenth 
of Agrippa, mentioned Acts, xxv. and xxvi., that is, in 
May, a. d. 66. The temple was burnt August 10. a. d. 
70 ; the same day and month on which it had been burnt 
by the king of Babylon. The city was taken September 
8., in the second year of the reign of Vespasian, or the 
year of Christ 70. That was the end of the siege of 
Jerusalem, which began, as Josephus several times ob- 
serves, about the fourteenth day of the month Nisan, or 
our April. 



OF THE BIBLE. 123 



The following inscription * to the honour of Titus, 
" who, by his father's directions and counsels, had sub- 
dued the Jewish nation and destroyed Jerusalem, which 
had never been destroyed by any generals, kings, or 
people before." 

Imp. Tito. Cesar I. DItI. VespasianI. F 

Vespasiano. Aug. Pontifici. Maximo 
Trie. Pot. X. Imp. XVII. Cos. VIII. P. P. 

Principe Suo. S. P. Q. E. 
Quod. Prjecepis. Patris. ConsiliIsqe. et 
AuspiciIs. Gentem. Jud^orum. domvit. et 
Urbem. Hierosoltman. Omnibus, ante, se 
Ducibus. Eegibus. Gentibusque. aut. frustra 

PeTITAM. AUT. OMN1NO. 1NTENTATAM. DELEVIT. 

For this complete conquest of Jerusalem, Titus had a 
triumphal arch erected to his honour at Rome, and which 
still exists. It stands on the Via Sacra, leading from the 
Forum to the Amphitheatre. On it are represented the 
spoils of the temple of God, such as the golden table of 
tiie show-bread, the golden candlestick with its seven 
branches, the ark of the covenant, the two golden trumpets, 
&c. &c. On this arch, a correct sketch of which taken on 
the spot and in my possession, is the following inscrip- 
tion: — 

Senatus 

Popueusque Romanes 

Divo Tito. Divi Vespasiani. F 

VESrASIANO AuGUSTO. 

" The Senate and People of Rome, to the Divine Titus, son of the 
Divine Vespasian : and to Vespasian the Emperor" 

The medal struck on the occasion of the conquest of 
Jerusalem bears the following inscription round a lau- 
reated head of the Emperor Vespasian : — 

luT.erator J.ulius Cms. ar Y^.SP.asianus AxjG.ustus. T.ontifex 
M.aximus, Tn.ibunitia, Y.otestate P.ater P. atria. Co.n S.ul VIII. 



* From Grater's Inscriptions, vol. i. p. 244. 



124 A POPULAR HARMONY 

On the obverse are represented a palm tree, the em- 
blem of the Land of Judea ; the emperor with a trophy 
standing on the left ; Judea, under the figure of a dis- 
tressed woman, sitting at the foot of the tree, weeping, 
with her head bowed down, supported by her left hand, 
with the legend, Judaea. Capta. S.enatus C.onsultus. at 
the bottom. This is not only an extraordinary fulfilment 
of our Lord's prediction, but a literal accomplishment of 
a prophecy delivered about 800 years before, Isa. iii. 26. 
And she, desolate, shall sit upon the ground. 

" Who that has ever read the 24th chapter of St. Matthew's 
Gospel, and compared it with the Roman historians of 
the reigns of Vespasian and Titus, and the history of 
Josephus, and who knows anything of the present state 
of the Jews on the face of the earth, or even of those 
in England, can doubt for a moment the truth of the 
Gospel, or the infinite and all-comprehensive knowledge 
of Him who is its author?" The history of the Romans, 
written by so many hands ; the history of the Jews, 
written by one of themselves ; triumphal arches, coins, 
medals, and public monuments of different kinds, are so 
many evidences preserved by the wisdom of God, to show 
that the prophecy of Christ, has been most literally and 
terribly fulfilled on a people who are still preserved as 
continued monuments of His justice, and that not one 
jot or tittle of His word can fail. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



125 



DATES OF EVENTS RECORDED IN THE ACTS ,OF THE APOSTLES. 
CONTINUED TO THE DESTRUCTION OE JERUSALEM. 



Events. 



Descent of the Holy Ghost - 

Peter and John imprisoned - - - 

Ananias and Sapphira struck dead - 

Stephen stoned, — first Persecution - 

Philip baptizes the Ethiopian - 

Conversion of Saul, who goes to Arabia - 

Pilate deposed ------ 

Tiberius succeeded by Caligula - 

Peter cures Eneas — raises Tabitha - 

Saul returns to Damascus - 

Caligula succeeded by Claudius - 

Conversion of Cornelius - 

Saul visits Jerusalem and proceeds to Cilicia - 

Herod Agrippa made King of Judea 

Saul at Antioch (Acts, xi. 26.) 

Disciples first called Christians at Antioch 

Herod, puts James to death 

Awful death of Herod - - - - - 

Famine foretold by Agabus - 

Saul again at Jerusalem - 

Saul and Barnabas sent to preach to the Gentiles 

Paul at Cyprus ------ 

Paul visits Iconium, Lystra, &c. - 

Resides at Antioch till 

Attends the council at Jerusalem - - - 
Visits the churches and arrives at Troas - 
Visits Macedonia and Greece - 
Paul at Athens ------ 

Resides at Corinth till - - - - - 

Felix appointed governor of Judea 
Paul visits Jerusalem, returns to Antioch 
Claudius succeeded by Nero - - - - 

Paul at Ephesus ; tumult there - 

Visits Macedonia ------ 

Paul arrives at Jerusalem - - - - 

Paul imprisoned at Ccsarea ------ 

Festus appointed governor of Judea 

Paul's defence before Agrippa - - _ 



126 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



Events. 



Paul arrives at Rome ------ 

Leaves Italy in ------- 

It is supposed that Paul then visited various coun- 
tries, and was again a prisoner at Rome - 
Paul beheaded at Rome (some date this 68) - 
Nero kills himself — is succeeded by Galba 
Vespasian becomes Emperor - - - - - 

Jerusalem destroyed by Titus - 



S 

s 

o 


.2 

"3 


60 


6i 


62 


64 


65 


64 


66 


65 


68 


68 


69 


69 


70 


70 





OF THE BIBLE. 


127 


QUOTATIONS 


EBOM THE OLD TESTAMENT FOUND 




[N THE NEW TESTAMENT 






Exactly agreeing with the Hebrew. 




OLD TEST. 


jSTEW test. 


OLD TEST. 


NEW TEST. 


Hos. xi. 1. 


M. ii. 1 5. 


Gen. xxi. 7- 


Ro ix. 7. 


Deut. viii. 3. 


M. iv. 4 ; L. iv. 4. 


Gen. xxv. 23. 


Ro. ix. 12. 


Deut.vi. 16. 


M. iv. 7. 


Mai. i. 2, 3. 


Ro. ix. 13. 


Is. liii. 4. 


M. viii. 17. 


Ex. xxxiii. 19. 


Ro. ix. 15. 


Hos. vi. 6. 


M. ix. 13; xii. 7. 


Ex. ix. 16. 


Ro. ix. 17. 


Lev. xix. 18. J 


M.xix. 19; xxii. 


Lev. xviii 5. 


Ro. x. 5. 


39. 


Ps. lxix. 10. 


Ro. xv. 3. 


[ 


M. xxi. 42.; Mr. 


Ps. xviii. 50. 


Ro. xv. 9. 


Ps. cxviii. 22, J 


xii. 10; Lu. 


Ps. cxvii. 1. 


Ro. xv. 11. 


23. 1 


xx. 17; Ac. 


Is. Iii. 15. 


Ro. xv. 21. 


I 


iv. 11.' 


Job, v. 13. 


i Cor. 'iii. 19. 


1 


M. xxii. 44; Mr. 


Deut. xxv. 4. 


1 Cor. ix. 9. 


Ps. ex. 1. > 


xii. 36; Lu. 


Ex. xxxii. 6. 


1 Cor. x. 7. 


J 


xx. 42. 


Ps. xxiv. 1. 


1 Cor. x. 26. 


Ps. xxii. 19. 


M. xxvii. 35. 


Ps. viii. 6. 


1 Cor. xv. 27. 


Ps. xxii. 2. 


M. xxvii. 46. 


Is. xxii. 13. 


1 Cor. xv. 32. 


Is. liii. 12. | 


Mr. xv. 28 ; Lu. 


Is. xxv. 8. 


1 Cor. xv. 54. 


xxii .37. 


Ps. cxvi. 10. 


2 Cor. iv. 13. 


Lev. xii. 8. 


Lu. ii. 24. 


Is. xlix. 8. 


2 Cor. vi. 2. 


Ps. lxix. 10. 


Jo. ii. 17. 


Ex. xvi. 18. 


2 Cor. viii. 8, 1 5. 


Ps. Ixxxii. 6. 


Jo. x. 34. 


Ps. cxii. 9. 


•2 Cor. ix. 9. 


Ps. liii. 1. | 


Jo. xii. 38 ; See 


Is. liv. 1. 


Gal. iv. 27. 


Eo. x. 16. 


2 Sa. vii. 14. 


Heb. i. 5. 


Ps. xxii. 19. 


Jo. xix. 24. 


Ps. civ. 4. 


Heb. i. 7. 


Ps. cix. 8. 


Ac. i. 20. 


Ps. xlv. 7, 8. 


Heb. i. 8, 9. 


Gen. xxii. 18. 


Ac. iii. 25. 


Ps. viii. 4-6. 


Heb. ii. 6-8. 


Ps. ii. 2. 


Ac. iv. 25, 26. 


Ps.xxii. 23. 


Heb. ii. 12. 


Ps. ii. 7. 


Ac. xiii. 33. 


Is. viii. 17, 18. 


Heb. ii. 13. 


Ex. xxii. 27. 


Ac. xxiii. 5. 


Gen. ii. 3. 


Heb. iv. 4. 


Ps. v. 10. 


Ro. iii. 13. 


Gen. xxii 16, 17= 


Heb. vi. 13, 14. 


Ps. cxl. 4. 


Ro. iii. 13. 


Deut, xxxii. 35. 


Heb. x. 30. 


Ps. xxxvi. 2. 


Ro. iii. 18. 


Gen. xlvii. 31. 


Heb. xi. 21. 


Ps. xxxii. 1, 2. 


Ro. iv. 7, 8. 


Pro. iii. 11. 


Heb. xii. 5. 


Gen. xvii. 5. 


Ro. iv. 17. 


Josh. i. 5. 


Heb. xiii. 5. 


Gen. xv. 5. 


Ro. iv. 18. 


Lev. xi. 44. 


1 Pet, i. 16. 


Ps. xliv. 22, 


Ro. viii. 36. 


- 





128 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



Nearly agreeing with the Hebrew. 



OLD test. 
Is. vii. 14. 
Jer. xxxi. 15. 
Ps. xci. 11, 12. 
Deut. vi. 13. 
Is. ix. 1, 2. 

Is. vi. 9, 10. \ 

Gen. ii. 24. 
Ex. xx. 12—16 

Ex. iii. 6. <^ 



Deut. vi. 5. < 

Zee. xiii. 7. 
Ps. lxxviii. 24. 
Is. liv. 13. 
Ps. xli. 9. 
Ps. cix. 3. 
Ex. xii. 46. 
Zee. xii. 10. 

Joel, iii. 1 — 5. < 

Gen. xii. 1. 
Is. lxvi. 1, 2. 
Is. xlix. 6. 
Hab. ii. 4. 
Is. Iii. 5. 
Ps. Ii. 6. 
Gen. xv. 6. 
Hos.ii. l.(Eng.\ 
ver. i. 10.) J 
Is. i. 9. 

Is. viii. 14. \ 
Is. xxviii. 16. J 
Is. Iii. 7. 



NEW TEST. 

M. i. 23. 
M. ii. 18. 
M. iv. 6. 
M. iv. 10. 
M. iv. 15, 16. 
M. xiii. 14, 15; 

Ac. xxviii. 26. 

Mr. iv. 12; Lu. 

viii. 10. 
M. xix. 5. 
M.xix. 18,19. 
M. xxii. 32 ; 
Mr. xii. 26 ; 
Lu. xx. 37. 
M. xxii. 37 ; 
Mr. xii. 30 ; 
Lu. x. 27. 
M. xxvi. 31. 
Jo. vi. 31.. 
Jo. vi. 45. 
Jo. xiii. 18. 
Jo. xv. 25. 
Jo. xix. 36. 
Jo. xix. 37. 
Ac. ii. 17. (See 

Eo. x. 11.) 
Ac. vii. 3. 
Ac. vii. 49, 50. 
Ac. xiii. 47. 
Ro. i. 17. 
Ro. ii. 24. 
Ro. iii. 4. 
Ro. iv. 3. 

Ro. ix. 26. 

Ro. ix. 29. 

Ro. ix. 33. 

Ro. x. 15. 



OLD TEST, 
xix. 5. "1 

Sng. vers. > 
vers.) J 



OLD TEST. 

Ps. xix. 5. 

(Ei 

4 v< 
Deut. xxxii. 21. 
Is. lxv. 1, 2. 
1 Ki. xix. 14. 
1 EX xix. 18. 

Deut. xxxii. 25. 

Pro. xxv. 21, 22 
Deu. xxxii. 24. 

(Eng. vers. 

43 vers. ) 
Is. xxix. 14. 
Is. xl. 13. 
Ps. xciv. 11. 
Is. xxviii. 11, 12. 
Gen. ii. 7 
Lev. xxvi. 11,12. 
Gen. xxi. 10. 
Ps. lxviii. 19. 
Ex. xx. 12. 
Ps. xcvii. 7. 
Ps. cii. 25—27. 
Ps. xcv 7—11. 
Ex. xxv. 40. 
Jer. xxxi. 31^1 

-34. J 

Ex. xxiv. 8. 
Ps. cxviii. 6. 
Is. xl. 6—8. 
Ex. xix. 6. 
Is. liii. 9. 
Is. liii. 5. 
Ps. xxxiv. 13 \ 

-17. J 

Is. viii. 12, 13. 
Pro. x. 12. 
Ps. ii. 9. 



NEW TEST. 

Ro. x. 18. 

Ro. x. 19. 
Ro. x. 20, 21. 
Ro. xi. 3. 
Ro. xi. 4. 
f Ro. xii. 19. ; 
\Heb. x. 30. 
Ro. xii. 20. 

Ro. xv. 10. 

1 Cor. i. 19. 
1 Cor. ii. 16. 
1 Cor. iii. 20. 
I Cor. xiv. 21. 

1 Cor. xv. 45. 

2 Cor. vi. 16. 
Gal. iv. 30. 
Ep. iv. 8. 
Ep. vi. 2, 3. 
Heb. i. 6. 
Heb. i. 10—12. 
Heb. iii. 7—10. 
Heb. viii. 5. 



Heb. viii. 



12. 



Heb. ix. 20. 
Heb. xiii. 6. 
1 Pet. i. 24, 25. 
1 Pet. ii. 9. 
1 Pet. ii. 22. 
1 Pet. ii. 24. 

1 Pet. iii. 10— 12. 

1 Pet. iii. 14, 15. 
1 Pet. iv. 8. 
Rev. ii. 27. 



OF THE BIBLE. 129 


Agreeing with the Hebrew in sense but not in words. 


OLD TEST. 


NEW TEST. 


OLD TEST. 


NEW TEST. 


r 


M. iii. 3 ; 


Jos. xxiv. 32. 


Ac. vii. 16. 


Is. xl. 3-5. < 


Mr. i. 3 ; 


Ps. xiv. 1 — 3. 


Eo. iii. 3—12. 


1 


L. iii. 46. 


Is. lix. 7, 8. 


Eo. iii. 15—17. 


Is. xlii. 1 — 4. 


M.xii. 18—21. 


Gen. xviii. 10. 


Eo. ix. 9. 


Ps. lxxviii. 2. 


M. xiii. 35. 


Hos. ii. 23. 


Eo. ix. 25. 


Zee. ix. 9. 


M. xxi. 5. 


Is. x. 22, 23. 


Eo. ix. 27, 28. 


Ps. viii. 3. 


M. xxi. 16. 


Ps. lxix. 23, 24. 


Eo. xi. 9, 10. 


Zee. xi. 13. 


M.xxvii. 9, 10. 


Is. xlv. 23. 


Eo. xiv. 11. 


Ex. xiii. 2. 


Lu. ii. 23. 


Is. xi. 10. 


Eo. xv. 12. 


Zee. ix. 9. 


Jo. xii. 15. 


Is. liii. 11, 12. 


2 Cor. vi. 17. 


Is. vi. 9, 10. 


Jo. xii. 40. 


Gen. xii. 3. 


Gal. iii. 8. 


Ps. lxix. 26. 


Ac. i. 20. 


Deu. xxvii. 26. 


Gal. iii. 10. 


Deu.xviii. 15, 19. 


Ac. iii. 22, 23. 


Hag. ii. 6. 


Heb. xii. 26. 


Quotations which give the general sense.* 


Ps. xxii. 6 ; "1 
lxix. 9, 10 ; | 




Gen. xv. 13, 14. 


Ac. vii. 6, 7. 


Mat. ii. 23. 


Gen. xlvi. 27. 


Ac. vii. 14. 


Is. Hi. liii. ; f 


Amos, ix. 11, 12. 


Ac. xv. 16, 17. 


Zee. xi. 12, 13. J 




Is. xxix. 10. 


Eo. xi. 8. 


Zee. ix. 9. 


Jo. xii. 15. 


(Gen. vi. 35?) 


Ja. iv. 5. 




Jo. xii. 40.(^66 
M. xiii. 14, 






Is. vi. 9, 10. - 


15; Mr. iv. 
12; Lu. vifi. 
10 ; Ac. 






- 


xxviii. 26.) 






Quotations made upfront several passages. 


Ps.lxxxix.20;"l 
1 Sam. xiii. 14. j 


Ac. xiii. 22. 


Zee. ix. 9. (See"! 
Is. lxii. 11.)/ 


M. xxi. 5. 


Is. xxviii. 16; 1 
viii. 14. j 


Ko. ix. 33. 


Ps. xxii. 6;] 
lxix. 9, 10; 






Is. xxix. 10.1 




Is. Iii. liii.; 


►? 


M. ii. 23. 


See Is. vi. 9 ; [ 
andEzek. ii. ( 


Eo. xi. 8. 


Zec.xi. 12, 
13. 






12.) J 








Ps. lxix. 26; cix 
8. 


Ac. i. 20. 






* In this section of quotations, giving the general sense, the matter 


in the text is either abridged or added to. 



130 A POPULAR HARMONY 


Quotations differing from the Hebrew, but agreeing with Septuagint. 


OLD TEST. 


NEW TEST. 


OLD TEST. 


NEW TEST. 


Is. xxix. 13. 


M. xv. 8, 9. 


Ps. xix. 5. "1 




Ps. xvi. 8—11. 


Ac. ii. 25—28. 


(Readver.4 1 


Ro. x. 18. 


Amos, v. 25 — 27. 


Ac. vii. 42, 43. 


of the Eng. j 


Is. lv. 3. 


Ac. xiii. 34. 


version.) J 








Prov. iii. 34. 


Jas. iv. 6. 


Quotations probably having a different reading in the Hebrew, or 


perhaps the Apostles understood the words in a different sense from 


that expressed in our lexicons. 


Mi. v. 2. 


M. ii. 6. 


Ps. x. 7. 


Ro. iii. 14. 


r 


M. xi. 10 ; 


Ps. xix. 5. 


Ro. x. 18. 


Mai. iii. 1. < 


Mr. i. 2 ; 


Is. lix. 20, 21. 


Ro. xi. 26, 27. 


\ 


Lu. vii. 27. 


Deu. xxxii. 35. 


Ro. xii. 19. 


Is. lxi. 1, 2. 


Lu. iv. 18, 19. 


Deu. xxxii. 16. 


Ro. xv. 10. 


Is. liii. 7, 8. 


Ac. viii. 32,33. 


Is. lxiv. 3. 


1 Cor. ii. 9. 


Hab. i. 5. 


Ac. xiii. 41. 


Hab. ii. 3, 4. 


Heb. x. 37, 38. 


Amos, ix. 11, 12. 


Ac. xv. 16, 17. 


Is. xxviii. 16. 


1 Pet. ii. 6. 


Passages in which the Hebrew seems to be corrupted. 


Mi. v. 2. 


M. ii. 6. 


Ps. xvi. 8—11. 


Ac. ii. 25 — 28. 


r 


M. xi. 10; 


Arabs, ix. 11, 12. 


Ac. xv. 16, 17. 


MaL iii. 1. < 


Mr. i. 2.; 
Lu. vii. 27 


Ps. xl. 7—9. 


Heb. x. 5—7. 


Passages of mere references or allusions. 


Is. xii. 3. 


Jo. vii. 38. 


Hos. xiii. 14. 


1 Cor. xv. 25. 


Deu. xxx. 12 — 


Ro. x. 6—8. 


Deu. xix. 15. 


2 Cor. xiii. 1. 


14. 




Hos. xiv. 3. 


Heb. xiii. 15. 


Deu. xxxii. 17. 


1 Cor. x. 20. 


2 Sam. vii. 14.? 


2 Cor. vi. 18.? 






' 













OF THE 


BIBLE. 131 


THE MOST REMARKABLE PARALLEL PASSAGES OP THE 


BOOKS OF CHRONICLES AND THOSE OF SAMUEL AND 


KINGS. 






1 CHRON. 


1 SAM. 


2 CHRON. 


1 KINGS. 


X. 1—12. 


xxxi. 


xii. 2—11. 


xiv. 25—28. 




2 SAM. 


xvi. 1—6. 


xv. 17—22. 


xi. 1—9. 


v. 1—10. 


xviii. 


xx. 2 — 35. 


xi. 10—41. 


xxv. 8—30. 


xx. 31—37. 


xxii. 41 — 50. 


xiii. 1—14. 


vi. 3—11. 




2 Kings. 


xiy. 1—17. 


v. 11—25. 


xxi. 6—10. 


viii. 17 — 24. 


xvii. 


vii. 


xxii. 2 — 6. 


viii. 26—29. 


xviii. 


viii. 


xxii. 10—12; 23. 


xi. 


xix. 


X. 


xxiv. 1 — 14. 


xii. 1—16. 


xx. 1—3. 


xi. 1.; xii. 30, 31. 


xxv. 1 — 4, 11, 


xiv. 1 — 14. 


xx. 4 — 8. 


xxi. 18—22. 


17—24. 




xxi. 


xxiv. 


xxv. 27, 28. 


xiv. 19, 20. 


2 Chron. 


1 Kings. 


xxvi. 1, 2. 


xiv. 21, 22. 


i. 3—13. 


iii. 4—14. 


xxvii. 1 — 3. 


xv. 33 — 35. 


i. 14—17. 


x. 26—29. 


xxviii. 1 — 4. 


xvi. 2 — 4. 


ii. 


v. 15—32. 


xxix. 1, 2. 


xviii. 2, 3. 


iii. 


vi. 


xxxii. 9 — 21. 


xviii. 17 — 37. 


iv. 


vii. 


xxxii. 24 — 31. 


xx. 1—19. 


v. 2 — 14 ; vi. 7 — 


viii. 1—11. 


xxxiii. 1 — 10. 


xxi. 1 — 10. 


10. 




xxxiv. 1, 2, 8— 


xxii. 


vi. 12 — 40; vii. 


viii. 12 — 52 ; 


28. 




4—10. 


62—66. 


xxxiv. 29—33. 


xxiii. 1—20. 


vii. 12 — 22. 


ix. 1—9. 


xxxv. 18, 20— 


xxiii. 22, 23. 


viii. 1—18. 


x. 11—28. 


25. 




ix. 1—12. 


x. 1 — 10. 


xxxvi. 1. 


xxiii. 29, 30. 


ix. 13—31. 


x. 14—29. 


xxxvi. 2 — 4. 


xxiii. 31—34. 


x. 1—19; xi. 1— 
4. 


xii. 1—24. 




The above should 


be read and coll< 


ited together in order to obtain a 


more coinprehen 


sive view of Jewis 


i history, also to illustrate or amend 


from one book w 

1 


aat is obscure in e 


ither of the others. 



132 A POPULAR HARMONY 




ARRANGEMENT OF THE CHAPTERS OP JEREMIAH ACCORDING 




TO THE GREEK SEPTUAGINT VERSION.* 




HEBREW. 


GREEK. 


HEBREW. 


GREEK. 




i. to xxiv. 


i. to xxiv. 


xliv. 


Ii. to ver. 31. 




xxv. to ver. 14. 


xxv. to ver. 14. 


xlv. 


Ii. from ver. 31. 




from rer. 14. 


xxxii. 


xlvi. 


xxvi. 




xx vi. 


xxxiii. 


xlvii. 


xxix. ver. 1 — 7. 




xxvii. to ver. 19. 


xxxiv. 


xlviii. to ver. 45. 


xxxi. 




from rer. 19. 


wanting. 


from ver. 45. 


wanting. 




xxviii. xxix. ~] 


f xxxv. xxxvi. 

•! xxxvii. 

[ xxxviii.xxxix. 


xlix. ver. 1 — 5. 


xxx. ver. 1 — 5. 




xxx. xxxi. > 


from ver. 7 — 23. 


xxix, from ver. 7. 




xxxii. J 


from ver. 23 — 28. 


xxx. ver. 12 — 16. 




xxxiii. to ver. 14. 


xl. 


from ver. 28 — 34. 


— ver. 6—11. 




from yer. 14. 


wanting. 


from ver. 34. 


xxv. from ver. 




xxxiy. xxxv. "J 


fxli. xlii xliii. 




13. 




xxxvi. J- 


j 


1. 


xxvii. 




xxxvii.xxxviii. j 


L xliv. xlv. 


Ii. 


xxviii. 




xxxix. ver. 1 — 3. 


xlvi. 


Iii. 


Iii. 




14—18. 










ver. 4. 13. 


wanting. 








xl. xli. xlii. 1 


f xlvii. xlviii. 
\ xlix. 








xliii. J 


u 








DAHLER's ARRANGEMENT OF JEREMIAH^ PROPHECIES, 




ACCORDING TO THE TIME AND CIRCUMSTANCE OF EACH. 




Observe. — Dahler 's arrangement may occasionally throw some light 




upon the historical facts, but it is preposterous to suppose that the 




book was originally arranged in this manner. 




i. Under Josiah. 


xlvi. 2—12. 


xlv. 1—5. 


xxiv. 1 — 10. 




i. 1—19. 


x. 1—16. 


xii. 14—17. 


xxix. 1 — 32. 




iv. 1—6. 30. 


xiv. 1 — 15. 21. 


x. 17—25. 


xxvii. 1 — 28. 




ii. 1—3. 5. 


xvi. 1—17,18. 


iii. Under Jecho- 


17. 




iii. 6 — 4. 4. 


xviii. 1—23. 


niah. 


xlix. 34 — 39. 




xvii. 19—27. 


xix. 1—20.13. 


xiii. 1 — 27. 


Ii. 34—39. 




xlvii. 1 — 7. 


xx. 14—18. 


iv. Under Zede- 


Ii. 59—64. 




ii. Under Jeho- 


xxiii. 9 — 40. 


kiah. 


xxi. 1—14. 




iakim. 


xxxv. 1 — 19. 


xxii. 1—23. 8. 


xxxiv. 1 — 7. 




vii. 1-9. 25. 


xxv. 1—38. 


xi. 1—17. 


xxxvii. 1 — 10. 




xxvi. 1 — 24- 


xxxvi. 1—32. 


xi.18— 12, 13. 


xxxiv. 8 — 22. 




* From Bagster's London Polyglott. 





OF THE 


BIBLE. 133 


xxxvii. 11 — 21. 


xlix.l— 41.18. 


vi. Relative to 


vii. Historical 


xxxviii. 1— 28. 


xlii. 1—43. 7. 


strange nations. 


Appendix. 


xxxix. 15 — 18. 


xxx. 1—31.40. 


xlvii. 1 — 7. 


Hi. 1—34. 


xxxii. 1 — 44. 


Delivered in 


xlviii. 1 — 47. 




xxxiii. 1 — 10. 


Egypt. 


xlix. 23—27 




v. After the de- 


xliii. 8—13. 


xlix. 28—33. 




struction of Je- 


xliv. 1—30. 


1. 1—51. 58— 




rusalem. 


xlvi. 13—28. 


64. 




xxxix. 11 — 14. 








newcome's arrangement of the prophecies of ezekiel. 


Chapters. 


Time, 8fc. 


i — vii. - - - B. c. 


595, the 5th year of Jehoiachin's 




captivity. 


viii — xix. - 


6th do. 


xx — xxiii. - - - 


7th do. 


xxiv. - 

xxix. ver. 1 — 16; and"! 
xxx. ver. 20 — xxxiii. J 


9th the siege began, 
f Between the 10th and 
- 4 1 2th of Jechoiachin's 
[ captivity, 
f After the destruction of 


xxv — xxviii. - 


< Jerusalem was known 


xxxiv — xxxix. 


[ to the Prophet. 
After the destruction of 




Jerusalem. 


xl — xlviii. - - . 


25 th of Jehoiachin's 


xxix. ver. 17. to end; andl 
xxx. ver. 1 — 19. j 


captivity. 
f"27th of Jehoiachin's 
\ captivity. 


FRASER'S SEVEN PARALLELS IN ISAIAH ; 


Each beginning with some account of the Messiah, and ending 


with an account c 


f the Millennium. 


1. xl. and xli. 


5. lxi. ends with lxiv. 


2. xlii., ends with xlviii. 


6. lxv. 


3. xlix. ends with Hi. 12. 


7. lxvi. 


4. Hi. 13., ends with lx. 






PASSAGES IN 


ISAIAH REFEI 


LRING TO THE CONVERSION 


AND RESTORATION OF JUD 


AH AND ISRAEL. (Fdber.) 


Is. ii. 1—5; vi. 8—13; xi. 1- 


-14, 27; xvii — xix; xxiv — xxvii; 


xxx. 17—33; xxxiv, xxxv. xlii. 


1—43, 21 ; xlix. 5—26; liv.; Hx. 


1, 2, 15 — 21; lx. Ixii, lxiii; lxvi. t 


—24. 













K 3 



134 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



PROFESSOR GRIESBACH S GOSPELS OF ST. MATTHEW, 
ST. MARK, AND ST. LUKE HARMONISED ; 

Showing that, with the exception of a very few verses, the whole of 
St. Mark's Gospel is contained in those of St. Matthew and 
St. Luke. 

X. JB. The middle column contains the whole of St. Mark's Gospel ; 
those portions on the right and left contain the portions of St. Mat- 
thew-'s Gospel, and St. Luke's, which correspond to the stated portions 
of the Gospel according to St. Mark. 



MATTHEW. 

iii. 1—4. 22 

xii. 15, 16 


MARK. 

i. 1—20. 

22—39 

40— iii. 6 

iii. 7—12. 

13—19 

20, 21. 

22—30. 

31—35. 
iv. 1—20. 

21 — 25 


LUKE. 

iv. 31—44. 
v. 12— vi. 11. 


22, 23 


vi. 12—16. 


24—32 

46 50 




xiii. 1 23 






viii. 16 — 18. 


24—30 

31 32 


26—29. 

30—32. 

33, 34. 

35 — 41 




34 — 35 






22—25. 
26 — 56. 




v. 1—43 


53—58 


vi. 1—6. 

7—13 


ix. 1—6. 


xiv. 1, 2 


14 — 16 


7 9. 


3, 12 


17—29. 

30, 31 






10. 


13 — 21 


32 — 34 


11—17. 

18-51. 

xviii. 15 — xx. 44. 
xx. 45 — xxi. 4. 


22— xvi. 12... 

xvi. 13 — xvii. 9.... 

xix. 1-12 

13 — xxiii 


45 — viii. 21. 
(viii.22— 26.*) 
viii.27 — ix.50. 
x. 1—12. 

13— xii. 37.... 
xii. 38— 44 



* The miracle recorded here is not mentioned by either of the other 
Evangelists, and is another proof that St. Mark did not abridge either of 
the other Gospels. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



135 



MATTHEW. 

xxiv. 1—36.. 



xxvi. 1 — xxviii. 



xxviii. 18—20. 



MARK. 

xiii. 1—32..., 

(33—37.) 
xiv. 1 — xvi. J 

(xvi. 9.) 
xvi. 10—13... 

14 

15—18. 

19 

(20.) 



LUKE. 

xxi. 5., &c. 



xxiv. 10—33. 
36—43. 



50—51. 



PARALLEL PASSAGES IN THE EPISTLES TO THE EPHESIANS 
AND COLOSS1ANS. 



Note. — The Epistles to the Ephesians and Colossians should be read to- 
gether. The one is often a commentary on the other. 



EPHESIANS. 


COLOSSIANS. 


EPHESIANS. 




COLOSSIANS. 


i. 1, 2. 




i. 1, 2. 


iv. 16. 




ii. 19. 


6, 7. 




13. 


22—25. 




iii. 9, 10. 


10. 




19, 20. 






i. 21. 


15, 16. 




3, 4. 


17—21. 




ii. 8—16. 


17—21. 




9—15. 




1 


iii. 8—10. 


18. | 

10, 11. J 




16, 18. 


29. 
32. 




iv. 6. 
iii. 12, 13. 


19. 1 

li. 1— 5. J 




ii. 12, 13. 


31. 

v. 5— 8. 




8. 
5— 8. 


1. 




i. 21. 


15, 16. 




iv. 5. 


13—16. 


{ 


i. 20. 
ii. 14. 


18—20. 
21—23. \ 


{ 


iii. 16, 17. 
18—25. 


iii. 1. 




i. 24, 25. 


vi. 1— 9. J 


iv. 1. 


3. 




26—29. 


18—20. 




2— 4. 


iv. 2, 4. 




ii. 12—15. 


21, 22. 




7— 9. 



K 4 



136 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



COINCIDENCES BETWEEN THE GOSPEL AND FHiST EPISTLE 

op ST. john. (3Iacknight.) 



EPISTLE. 


GOSPEL. 


EPISTLE. 


GOSPE 


i. 1 ; iv. 14. 


i. 1, 14. 


iii. 1. 


i. 12. 


ii. 5. 


xiv. 23. 


2. 


xvii. 24. 


ii. 6. I 




8. 


viii. 44. 


iii. 24. J- 


....XT. 4. 


13. 


xv. 20. 


iv. 13, 16. J 




iv. 9. 


iii 16. 


ii. 8. 


xiii. 34. 


12. 


i. 18. 


iii. 11. 


xiii. 34. 


v. 13. 


xx. 31. 


ii. 8. 


i. 5, 9. 


14. 


xiv. 14. 


10. 


xi. 10. 


20. 


xvii. 2. 


ii. 13, 14. 


xvii. 3. 






ii. 29. ") 








iii. 9. [ 


iii. 3, 5. 






v. 1. J 









Note. — These coincidences prove beyond a doubt, that the Gospel 
and the Epistle are the production of one writer — St. John. 






OF THE BIBLE. 137 



THE PROPHECIES OF DANIEL AND JOHN THE 
DIVINE HARMONIZED AND EXPLAINED. 



B.C. 



2325. Foundation of the Babylonian Empire, "j Firgt 
Dan. vii. 4. V beagt> 

830. It is brought down to the ground. J 
784. Foundation of the Persian Empire. Dan. vii. 5. ; 
viii. 3, 20. Second beast. 
Commencement of the 2300 days. Dan. viii. 14. 

763. Foundation of the Macedonian Empire. Dan. vii. 6. 
Third beast. 



753. 



657. 



606. 

563. 
556. 

538. 



536. 



Foundation of the Eoman Empire. Dan. vii. 7. 
Fourth beast. 

First head of the Roman beast. Rev. xiii. 1. ; 
xvii. 3. 9, 10. 

Era of the metallic image. Dan. ii. 31, 32. 38. 
Commencement of the seven prophetic times. 

Dan. iv. 32. 
Birth of Nebuchadnezzar — the golden head. 
Opening of the first seal. Rev. vi. 1, 2. 

Commencement of the Babylonish captivity of 
70 years. 

The heart of a man given to the Babylonish lion. 

The Persian ram begins to push. Dan. viii. 4. 
Cyrus's conquests. 

Junction of the Persian Empire, or silver breast 
and arms. Dan. ii. 32. 39. 

Opening of the second Apocalyptic seal. Rev. vi. 
3, 4. 

End of the Babylonian captivity: side becomes 
higher. Dan. vii. 5. Horn becomes higher. 
Dan. viii. 3. 



138 A POPULAR HARMONY 



B. C. 

508. 



497. 
458. 

451. 
444. 
334. 
331. 



59. 
30. 

27. 

A. D. 

33. 

70. 
311. 
313. 
324. 



Dormancy of imperial kingship, or first head of 
Roman beast, begins. Rise of the Consulate, or 
second head. Rev. xvii. 10. 

Dictatorship, or third head. Rev. xvii. 10. 

Commencement of Daniel's seventy weeks. Dan. 
ix. 24. 

Decemvirate, or fourth head. 

Military tribunes, or fifth head. 

Macedonian goat comes from the west. Dan. viii. 5. 

Junction of Grecian Empire, or brazen belly and 
thighs — Opening of the third seal. Rev. vi. 
5, 6. 

Triumvirate, or sixth head. 

Junction of Roman Empire, or iron legs and iron 
clay feet — Opening of the fourth seal. Rev. vi. 
7,8. 

Expergefaction of Roman imperial kingship, or 
first head ; fall of the second, third, and sixth 
heads. Rev. xvii. 10. 

End of Daniel's seventy weeks. Dan. ix. 24. 
Death of Christ. 

Daniel's 1290 days begin. Dan. xi. 32, 33. 
Persecution of Christians begin. 

Opening of fifth seal. Rev. vi. 8 — 11. It indi- 
cates a short and imperfect rest from persecution. 

Opening of the sixth seal. Dan. xi. 34. Help 
from Constantine begins. 

The subversion of Paganism. Sealing of the 

144,000 mystic Israelites. 
Measuring the temple. Taking an exact account 

of the faithful worshippers. Constantine's 

separation of Christians. 

Commencement of the figurative gestation. Rev. 
xii. 2. Opening seventh seal. 



OF THE BIBLE. 139 



A. D. 



325. First germination of little western horn, or spi- 
ritual kingdom of the Papacy begins. Dan. vii. 8. 

361. End of the short silence. Rev. viii. 1. Accession 
of Julian — Seven angels prepare to sound. 

395. First trumpet. Invasion of Goths, Germans, Yan- 
dals, and Huns, by Alaric, Rhadagaut, Genseric, 
and Attila. 

406. Rise of first, or Vandalic horn. Dan. vii. 7. ; 

Rev. xii. 2. ; xvii. 3. 12. Junction of iron and 
clay toes. 

407. Rise of second, or Suevic horn ; third, or Alaric ; 

fourth, or Burgundian ; fifth, or Francic. 

408. Sixth, or Visigothic horn. 

439. Second trumpet. Invasion of Genseric. 

449. Seventh, or Anglo-Saxon horn. 

462. Third trumpet. The star cast down. Odoacer. 
Wormwood. 

476. Eighth, or Herulic horn. Wars and desolations. 
Extinction of Roman Western Empire. 

493. Ninth, or Ostrogothic eradication of eighth, or 
Herulic. 

553. Eradication of ninth, or Ostrogothic, before the 
Papal horn. 

568. Tenth, or Lombardic horn, eradicated 774. 

603. Tenth trumpet. Commencement of eclipse of the 

Western Empire, by Chosroes and the Persians. 

604. Expiration of the First Period of Three and 

a Half Times, or 1260 Years. 

604. The Latter Period begins. 

Fifth, or first woe trumpet. The star ecclesiastical 
of Rome completes its fall. Rev. ix. 1. 

Mensuration of the temple and altar, &c. Rev. xi. 1. 



140 A POPULAR HARMONY 

g04 # Two witnesses (two faithful churches) begin to 
prophesy in sackcloth. Rev. xi. 3. 

The woman's (the faithful church of Christ) flight 
into the wilderness. Rev. xii. 

Fall of the stars (bishops or pastors) through the 
agency of superstitions fostered by the dragon. 
Rev. xii. 

The ten-horned beast becomes the tool of perse- 
cution 42 months, the unfaithful worshippers 
or secular powers of the Roman Empire. 
Rev. xiii. 

Rise of the second apocalyptic beast, or Papal 
Empire. Rev. xiii. 2. 

Ten horns, or Roman kings, give their power to 
the beast. Rev. xvii. 

Saints thereby delivered into the hand of the little 
Roman horn. Dan. vii. 25. 

Completion of the demonolatrous apostacy, by the 
revelation of the Man of Sin, the Roman Empire 
being removed. Dan. viii. ; 2 Thess. ii. 

Termination of the period. Dan. xi. 35. 

Door of Abyss opened. Rev. ix. 2. 

608 Smoke from the Abyss, the Mahommedan impos- 
° r q ture, or the little horn of the Grecian he-goat 

stands up. Dan. viii. 9. 23. 

612. The Mahommedan locusts issue forth for five 
months. 

628. End of eclipse of Eastern Empire. Defeat of 
Persians. Battle of Nineveh. 

762. End of five months of the locusts. Passing away 
of the first woe. Bagdad founded. The Sara- 
cens become a settled people. 

800. Restoration of Roman Emperorship in the West. 



A. D. 



OF THE BIBLE. 141 



A. D. 



1301. Sixth trumpet. Second woe. 

Liberation of the four Turcomanic angels. 

Day, month, and year, or 396J years of Euphra- 
tian horsemen begin. 

1360. Expiration of Daniel's 1290 years. Dan. xii. 11. 
Wickliffe begins to preach. 

1453. Roman Emperorship extinguished in the East. 
1517. Termination of Daniel's 2300 days. 

Sanctuary begins to be cleansed. Dan. viii. 13, 14. ; 
Rev. xi. 2. 

Flesh of the harlot begins to be eaten, or the 
Papacy begins to be consumed by the secular 
power. Rev. xvii. 16. 

Commencement of the Reformation. 

1686. The two witnesses (Waldenses and Albigenses) 
slain. 

1688. Great earthquake. Tenth part of the city falls. 
Revolution in England. 

1689. Witnesses (the Waldenses) revive, but their testi- 
mony finished. 

1697. Second woe passes away. Battle of Zeuta. Turks 
defeated. The 396^ years expire. 

The dragon begins to cast out a flood. Rev. xii. 9. 

Termination of Period. Dan. xi. 35. Commence- 
ment of (Dan. xi. 36 — 39.) infidelity. 

1789. Seventh trumpet. Third woe commences. French 
Revolution. 

The figurative judgment of the Roman Empire 
begins. Rev. xi. 15.; Dan. vii. 9. 

The Stone begins to smite the image. 

The flood rising to its height. 



142 A POPULAR HARMONY 

The spirit of the great Antichrist, which denies 
the Father and the Son, is diffused, and consti- 
tutes the third woe. 

The Papal harlot made desolate and naked. Rev. 
xvii. 16. 



A.D. 



1792. First vial poured out, Aug. 26. Sore of avowed 
infidelity. 

Second vial poured out, Sept. 2. Reign of Terror. 

Third vial poured out, Nov. 19. War with 
nations. 

1804. Fourth vial poured out. Imperial military despo- 
tism. 

Rise of the Francic Emperorship, or short-lived 
and slain head (seventh) of Roman beast. 

1806. Fall of Roman imperial kingship, or long-lived 
first head. 

1808. Fifth vial poured on the throne of the beast. The 
decline and fall of the Francic Emperorship. 

The termination of the Period. Dan. xi. 36 — 39. 

1815. Political slaughter of Francic Emperorship, or 
seventh head ; consequent political death of 
the Roman beast. Rev. xvii. 8. 

Sixth vial. The downfall of the Ottoman Empire, 
probably began with the Greek insurrection in 
1821. The Kings of the East, perhaps the 
Jews. 

1850. Seventh vial poured out. Rev. xvi. 17.; probably 
the cholera. 



OF THE BIBLE. 143 



A. D. 



1851. Revival of the Francic Emperorship will be prior 
to the final fail of the Ottoman Empire. Rev. 
xvii. 8. (!!!) 

Going forth of the three unclean spirits. The 
Kings of the Earth wrought up to fury by the 
political -theological agents of the dragon, the 
beast, and the false prophet. The gathering 
together an unseemly mixture of blaspheming 
infidels and bigoted Romanists. 

1853. The great earthquake. Rev. xvi. 18.; political- 
theological war begins ; will end with the battle 
of Armageddon. 

1854. Manifestation of Antichrist. 

1864. Expiration of the Seven Prophetic Times, or 
2520 Years, and of the Times of the Four 
Great Gentile Empires. 

Seventh vial drained. 

Great Babylon comes in remembrance before God. 
Rev. xvi. 19. ; xviii. 45. 

Commencement of Daniel's time of end, xi. 40 — 45.; 
and of the restoration of his people the Jews, 
Dan. xii. 1. ; Luke xxi. 24. 

Marriage of the Lamb, or conversion of Judah. 
Rev. xix. 6.; Isa. lx.; lxvi. 5 — 24.; Dan. xii. 1.; 
Joel, iii. 16. ; Zech. xii. 14. ; Rom. xi. 

1865. Expiration of Daniel's time of end. The end of 
the third woe. Burning the harlot. Battle of 
Armageddon. Figurative coming of the Son of 
Man. Destruction of Antichrist in Palestine. 
Dissipation of the great image. Mahommedan 
horn broken. The stone fills the whole earth. 
Figurative resurrection. Binding the dragon. 



144 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



The 1335 days begin. Dan. xii. 12. St. John's 
1000 years of blessedness (Rev. xx. 2, 3.) be- 
gins ; not a literal reign of Christ, but an effu- 
sion of the Holy Ghost. 

2865. Second figurative resurrection of the wicked. 
Termination of the 1000 years. 

3200. The termination of the 1335 years. Destruction 
of G-og and Magog. Ezek. xxxviii. 

The Consummation of All Things. 

Of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not 
the angels in heaven, but my Father only. 
Matt. xxiv. 36. 

Faber and others. 



Note. — The above admirable scheme is considered by 
Townsend one of more than ordinary merit — solving more 
difficulties, answering more objections, and throwing a brighter 
lustre on some of the more involved passages of the Apoca- 
lypse than that of any other. 

It will not be out of place, it is hoped, to quote Bickerststh's 
beautiful words here, as in ever}' way applicable to the above. 
He says: — " Time is rapidly rolling on, the prophetical word 
is rapidly accomplishing ; we know of but little that we can 
assuredly say will intervene between us and our beloved 
Lord ; four thousand years passed before our Lord's first 
coming, nearly two thousand have since passed ; the shaking 
of the nations, and the uprooting of ancient things, bid the 
Christian to lift up his head in hope, that the night is far 
spent, and the coming of the Lord draweth nigh." 



OF THE BIBLE. 



145 



SYMBOLICAL LANGUAGE OF PROPHECY. 

(Collected mostly from Daubuz, Faber, Home, Hutckeson, 
and Wemyss.) 



THE NATURAL WORLD TEMPORALLY CONSIDERED. 



The natural world 
The sun, the moon, the 

stars 
The earth 

Mountains, islands 
Trees, grass 



"Waters „ 

Seas, rivers, and fountains, — 

floods „ 

Blackening of the sun, the "] 
turning of the moon I 
into blood, the falling J " 
of the stars &c. J 

Eclipses of the heavenly bodies „ 
Shooting of a star „ 

Scorching of men with the sun „ 
An earthquake „ 

Kemoval of highlands and ~\ 

mountains J " 

The sea turned into blood „ 
Turning rivers and fountains ") 

into blood J " 

Tinging with wormwood „ 

Drying up a river „ 



denotes A secular empire. 

Degrees of authority in a family 
„ or a state. 

„ The territorial domain of the 

empire. 
„ Kingdoms — smaller kingdoms. 
„ Men of eminence — men of humble 

condition. 
„ The body of the people. 
— Nations, communities, — bodies of 

men in motion. 



Great political revolutions. 

Partial calamities. 

Downfall of a sovereign prince. 

A grievous tyranny. 

A revolution. 

Subversion of kingdoms. 

Sanguinary revolutions. 

Great wars. 

Making bitter with some natural 

or moral evil. 
Subversion of a kingdom. 



THE NATURAL WORLD ECCLESIASTICALLY CONSIDERED. 

The natural world denotes The complete body politic of the 

church. 
The sun „ Christ the supreme Euler. 

The moon „ Ordinances of Christ in his church. 

The stars „ Pastors. 

The earth „ The platform or territory of the 

church. 



146 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



denotes 



The passing away of heaven 
and earth — introduction of 
a new heaven and a new 
earth 

Bringing down fire from"! 
heaven J 

Signs among the celestial 1 
bodies J 

An earthquake 

The fall of a star from heaven 

The descent of soft dew and 
rain from heaven 



A cessation of a church, or a 
transition of the same church 
from one state to a better. 

Ecclesiastical censures. 

Ecclesiastical changes. 

Ecclesiastical convulsions. 

The apostacy of an eminent 

pastor. 
The sanctifying grace of the Holy 

Spirit, 



A WILD BEAST TEMPORALLY CONSIDERED. 



A wild beast 

The head or heads 

His horns and wings — Tusks 

Teeth and claws— Tail 



Plucking of the wings 

The rise or breaking of a horn 

The falling of a head, and its 

healing 
The life of a beast — the death 

of a beast 



denotes A great persecuting empire. 
„ Forms of government. 

Kingdoms — Dynasties. 

The soldiery — Antichristian su- 
perstition. 

Diminution of strength. 

The rise or dissolution of a state. 

Abolition of a form of govern- 
ment, and its restoration. 

Political existence — Political dis- 
solution. 



A WILD BEAST ECCLESIASTICALLY CONSIDERED. 



A wild beast 

A horn of such a beast 
Two-horned beast 

The head 
The body 



denotes A persecuting church having tem- 
poral authority. 

„ Temporal or spiritual power. 

„ A church having temporal or 
spiritual power. 

„ The governing polity. 

„ The constituents of such an em- 
pire. 



The great city Babylon 

The streets 
Ten streets 



A CITY, ETC. 

denotes The Roman empire, secular and 

ecclesiastical. 
„ Kingdoms. 
„ The ten kingdoms of the modern 

Roman Empire. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



147 



The throne 



denotes The tyrannical domination of the 
reigning head. 



The merchants and ship- "1 
masters J " 

The articles of trade such as 
gold, silver, &c. 

The holy city denotes „ 

The temple with its inner"! 
courts J " 

The daily sacrifice „ 

The outer court „ 

Treading it under foot „ 

Profaning the sanctuary, and 
abolition of the daily sacri- 
fice 

An olive tree, or a candle- "1 
stick J" 

Oil, lamps „ 

Incense „ 

The ark of the Testament „ 



The great men of the earth. 

Spiritual traffic in relics, masses, 

absolutions, &c. 
The church of Christ. 

The spiritual church. 

The prayers and praises of God's 
people. 

Christians in name, but gentiles 
in practice. 

Introducing pagan heresies and 
apostasies. 

Setting up the apostacy of deso- 
lation, or of pagan abomina- 
tions. 

A church. 

The graces of the Holy Spirit. 
The merits of Christ giving effi- 
cacy to prayer. 
The Holy Scriptures. 



A woman 

A chaste woman 

A harlot or adultress 

The flesh of such a harlot 

Her intoxicating cup 

Her riding a wild beast 



A woman drunken with the"! 
, blood of the saints J " 



A WOMAN. 

denotes A community or body po itic. 
„ The true church, or Lamb's wife. 
„ An apostate or idolatrous church. 
„ Her temporal possessions. 
„ Her seducing arts. 
„ Her influence over the temporal 
empire. 



A persecuting church. 



A vine 



A VINE AND CORN. 

denotes The church. 



A vine bearing good fruit , 
A vine bearing sour grapes , 
The treading of the wine- 
press 
A vineyard enclosed 

A vineyard with broken en- "1 
closures J 



A faithful church. 
A corrupt church. 
The effusion of God's wrath 

upon apostates, &c. 
A church hedged in from the 

world. 

A degenerate church. 



L 2 



148 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



A wilderness 



denotes Spiritual barrenness, or a state of 
affliction. 



The wilderness and solitary \ 
place made glad J 

Corn 

A field of corn 
A harvest 

The harvest of the earth being 

ripe 
A sickle 



Conversion and prosperity. 

The seed of the Gospel kingdom. 

The church. 

Mercy or wrath, according to 

circumstances. 
The time of judgment, or mercy 

being come. 
Judgments. 



VARIOUS SYMBOLS. 



Thunder and lightnings 

Locusts and caterpillars 

Tempestuous winds 

White and clean robes 

Sack-cloth 

Nakedness 

A yoke — a famine 

A day 

A year 

A week — a month 

Angels 

The two witnesses 

Dragon 

Red dragon having seven 

heads and ten horns 
A time — Times 
Time, times, and half a time 
Rainbow 
Parturition 

Life 
Sore 
Sickness 



Death 

Slaying 
Revival 



denote Wars and hostile invasions. 
„ Destroying armies. 
„ "Wars and invasions. 
„ Righteousness and prosperity. 
„ Humiliation and persecution. 
„ Dishonour. 

„ Spiritual bondage — spiritual ste- 
rility. 
„ A year. 
„ 360 years. 

„ Seven years — thirty years. 
„ Divine agents, celestial or ter- 
restrial. 
„ The true church. 
„ The devil. 

The devil, influencing the coun- 
sels of the empire. 
360 years — the double of a time. 
1260 years. 

God's faithfulness and mercy. 
The birth of a community, civil 

or ecclesiastical. 
Moral or political existence. 
Calamity, natural or moral. 
A low state of moral or political 

health. 
Extinction of moral or political 

existence. 
The infliction of moral or poli- 
tical death. 
The recovery of moral or political 
life, once lost. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



149 



Resurrection 

The lying unburied for 

short time 
Ascension to heaven 
To measure the temple 

God 
To seal or set a mark 

To devour flesh 
To eat 

To seal up a prophecy- 
Third part — Fourth part 



*j: 



denotes The resuscitation of a body, moral 
or politic. 
Its being dead or subdued for a 
„ short time. 

Power and authority. 

To take it under protection. 

Separation to his service who 
seals. 

Plundering of substance, 

To meditate. 

Allowing it to remain unintel- 
ligible till accomplisned. 

Limitation, in opposition to uni- 
versal 



L 3 



150 A POPULAR HARMONY 



PROPHECIES RELATING TO CHRIST, AND THEIR 
FULFILMENT, ARRANGED ACCORDING TO HALES. 



"The more we contemplate these astonishing facts — the more 
deeply we investigate the wonderful display of Divine power, wisdom, 
and goodness, the more shall we he disposed to exclaim, ' Truly this 
was the Son of God.' " — T. H. Home. 



FIRST SERIES. 

1. The Seed of the woman Gen. iii. 15. ; Gal. iv. 4. ; 

1 Tim. ii. 15. ; Rev. xii. 5. 

2. Born of a Virgin. — Ps. xxii. 10. ; lxix. 8. ; Ixxxvi. 16. ; 

cxvi. 16.; Isa. vii. 14.; xlix. 1. ; Mic. v. 3.; Jer. 
xxxi. 22. ; Matt. i. 23. ; Luke, i. 26—35. 

3. Of the Family of Shem. — Gen. ix. 26. 

4. Of the Race of the Hebrews — Ex. iii. 18.; Phil. iii. 

5. ; 2 Cor. xi. 22. 

5. Of the Seed of Abraham. — Gen. xii. 3. ; xviii. 18. ; 

Matt. i. 1. ; Jo. viii. 56. ; Acts, iii. 25. 

6. Of the Line of Isaac. — Gen. xvii. 19. ; xxi. 12. ; 

xxvi. 4. ; Rom. ix. 7. ; Gal. iv. 23 — 28. ; Heb. xi. 

18. 

7. Of Jacob, or Israel. — Gen. xxviii. 4, 14. ; Exod. iv. 

22.; Numb, xxi v. 7, 17.; Ps. cxxxv. 4, &c. ; 
Isa. xii. 8. ; xlix. 6. ; Jer. xiv. 8. ; Luke, i. 68. ; ii. 
30. ; Acts, xxviii. 20. 

8. Of the Tribe of Judah.— Gen. xlix. 10.; 1 Chron. v. 

2. ; Mic. v. 2. ; Matt. ii. 6. ; Heb. vii. 14. ; Rev. v. 5. 

9. Of the House of David. — 2 Sam. vii. 12—15.; 

1 Chron. xvii. 11 — 14. ; Ps. lxxxix. 4 — 36.; cxxxii. 
10—17. ; 2 Chron. vi. 42. ; Isa. ix. 7. ; xi. 1.; Iv. 
3, 4. ; Jer. xxiii. 5, 6. ; Amo. ix. 11. ; Matt. i. 1. ; 



OF THE BIBLE. 151 



Luke, i. 69. ; ii. 4. ; John, vii. 42. ; Acts, ii. 30. ; xiii. 
23.; Rom. i. 3. ; 2 Tim. ii. 8.; Rev. xxii. 16. 

10. Born at Bethlehem, the city of David. — Mic. v. 2. ; 

Matt. ii. 6. ; Luke, ii. 4. ; John, vii. 42. 

11. His Passion or Sufferings. — Gen. iii. 15. ; Ps. xxii. 

1 — 18. ; xxxi. 13. ; lxxxix. 38 — 45. ; Isa. liii. 1 — 
12. ; Dan. ix. 26. ; Zee. xiii. 6, 7. ; Matt. xxvi. 31. ; 
Luke, xxiv. 26. ; John, i. 29. ; Acts, viii. 32 — 35. ; 
xxvi. 23. 

12. His Death on the Cross. — Numb. xxi. 9. ; Ps. xvi. 

10. ; xxii. 16. ; xxxi. 22. ; xlix. 15. ; Isa. liii. 8, 9. ; 
Dan. ix. 26. ; John, iii. 14. ; viii. 28. ; xii. 32, 33. ; 
Matt. xx. 19. ; xxvi. 2. ; 1 Cor. xv. 3. ; Col. ii. 15. ; 
Phil. ii. 8. 

13. His entombment and embalmment. — Isa. liii 9.; Matt. 

xxvi. 12. ; Mark, xiv. 8. ; John, xii. 7. ; xix. 40. ; 
1 Cor. xv. 4. 

14. His Resurrection on the third day. — Ps. xvi. 10. ; xvii. 

15. ; xlix, 15. ; lxxiii. 24. ; Jonah, i. 17. ; Matt. xii. 
40.; xvi. 4.; xxvii. 63.; John, ii. 19.; Acts, ii. 
27—31. ; xiii. 35. ; 1 Cor. xv. 4. 

15. His Ascension into Heaven. — Ps. viii. 5, 6.; xlviL 

5.; lxviii. 18.; ex. 1.; Acts, i. 11.; ii. 33.; John, 
xx. 17. ; Ep. iv. 8—10. ; Heb. i. 3. ; ii. 9. ; Rev, 
xii. 5. 

16. His appearance at the regeneration. — Isa. xl. 10.; 

lxii. 11. ; Jer. xxiii. 5, 6. ; Hos. iii. 5. ; Mic. v. 3. ; 
Hag. ii. 7. ; Dan. vii. 13, 14. ; Matt. xxiv. 29, 30. ; 
xxvi. 64. ; John, v. 25.', Heb. ix. 28. ; Rev. xx. 4. ; 
xxii. 20. 

17. His appearance at the end of the world. — Ps. 1. 1 — 

6. ; Job, xix. 25—29. ; Eccl. xii. 14. ; Dan. xii. 2, 
3. ; Matt. xxv. 31—46. ; John, v. 28—30. ; Acts, 
xvii. 31. ; xxiv. 25. ; Rev. xx. 11 — 15. 



l 4 



152 A POPULAR HARMONY 



SECOND SERIES. 

1. The Son of God. — 2 Sam. vii. 14.; 1 Chron. xvii. 

13. ; Ps. ii. 7. ; lxxii. 1. ; Prov. xxx. 4. ; Dan. iii. 
25. ; Mark, i. 1. ; Luke, i. 35. ; Matt. iii. 17. ; xvii. 
5. ; John, i. 34—50. ; iii. 16—18. ; xx. 31. ; Heb. i. 
1 — 5. ; Rom. i. 4. ; 1 John, iv. 14. ; Rev. i. 5, 6. 

2. The Son of man. — Ps. viii. 4, 5.; Dan. vii. 13.; 

John, i. 51. ; iii. 13. ; v. 27. ; Matt. xvi. 13. ; xxvi. 
64.; Heb. ii. 7.; Rev. i. 13.; xiv. 14. 

3. The Holy One, or Saint. — Deut. xxxiii. 8. ; Ps. xvi. 

10.; lxxxix. 19. ; Isa. x. 17. ; xxix. 23. ; xlix. 7. ; 
Hos. xi. 9. ; Hab. i. 12. ; iii. 3.; Mark, i. 24. ; Luke, 
i. 35. ; iv. 34. ; 1 John, ii. 20. 

4. The Saint of saints. — Dan, ix. 24. 

5. The Just One, or Righteous. — Zech. ix. 9. ; Jer. 

xxiii. 5. ; Isa. xli. 2.; Ps. xxxiv. 19, 21.; Luke, i. 
17. ; Matt, xxvii. 19 — 24. ; Luke, xxiii. 47. ; Acts, 
iii. 14. ; vii. 52. ; xxii. 14.; 1 John, ii. 1, 29.; 
James, v. 6. 

6. The Wisdom of God.— Prov. viii. 22—30. ; Matt. xi. 

19. ; Luke, xi. 49. ; 1 Cor. i. 24. 

7. The Oracle (or Word) of the Lord, or of God. — 

Gen. xv. 1—4. ; 1 Sam. iii. 1 — 21. ; 2 Sam. vii. 4.; 
1 Kings, xvii. 8, 24. ; Ps. xxxiii. 6. ; Isa. xl. 8. ; 
Mic. iv. 2. ; Jer. xxv. 3. ; John, i. 1 — 44. ; iii. 34. ; 
Luke,i. 2. ; Heb. xi. 3. ; iv. 12. ; 1 Pet. i. 23. ; 2 Pet. 
iii. 5. ; Rev. xix. 13. 

8. The Redeemer, or Saviour. — Job, xix. 25 — 27. ; 

Gen. xlviii. 16. ; Ps. xix. 14. ; Isa. xli. 14. ; xliv. 
6.; xlvii. 4.; lix. 20. ; lxii. 11.; Ixiii. 1.; Jer. i. 
34 ; Matt. i. 21. ; John, i. 29. ; iv. 42. ; Luke, ii. 
11. ; Acts, v. 31. ; Rom. xi. 26. ; Rev. v. 9. 

9. The Lamb of God. — Gen. xxii. 8. ; Isa. liii. 7. ; John, 

i. 29. ; Acts, viii. 32—35. ; 1 Pet. i. 19. ; Rev. v. 
6. ; xiii. 8. ; xv. 3. ; xxi. 22. ; xxii. 1. 



OF THE BIBLE. 153 



10. The Mediator, Intercessor, or Advocate.— Job, xxxiii. 

23. ; Isa. liii. 12. ; lix. 16. ; Luke, xxiii. 34. ; 1 Tim. 
ii. 5. ; Heb. ix. 15. ; 1 John, ii. 1. ; Rev. v. 9. 

11. Shiloh (and He who is to be sent). — Gen. xlix. ]0. ; 

Exod. iv. 13. ; Matt. xv. 24. ; Luke, iv. 18. ; John, 
ix. 7. ; xvii, 3. ; xx. 21. ; Heb. iii. 1. 

12. High Priest — Ps. ex. 4. ; Isa. lix. 16. ; Heb. iii. 1. ; 

iv. 14.; v. 10.; ix. 11. 

13. The Prophet like Moses. — Deut. xviii. 15—19. ; Luke, 

xxiv. 19. ; Mark, vi. 15. ; John, i. 17—21.; vi. 14. ; 
Acts, iii. 22, 23. 

14. The Leader, or Chief Captain. — Josh. v. 14.; 1 Chron. 

v. 2. ; Isa. Iv. 4. ; Mic. v. 2. ; Dan. ix. 25. ; Matt. ii. 
6. ; Heb. ii. 10. 

15. The Messiah, Christ, King of Israel. — 1 Sam. ii. 10. ; 

2 Sam. vii. 12.; 1 Chron. xvii. 11.; Ps. ii. 2.; xlv. 
1, 6.; lxxii. 1.; lxxxix. 38.: Isa. lxi. 1. ; Dan. ix. 
26. ; Matt. ii. 2—4. ; xvi. 16. ; Luke, xxiii. 2. ; 
John, i. 41—49. ; vi. 69. ; Acts, iv. 26, 27. ; x. 38. 

16. The God of Israel. — Exod. xxiv. 10, 11. ; John, xvii. 

19.; Judg. xi. 23.; 1 Sam. v. 11.; 1 Chron. xvii. 
24. ; Ps. xli. 13. ; Isa. xlv. 3. ; Ezek. viii. 4. ; Matt. 
xv. 31. ; xxiii. 37. ; John, xx. 28. 

17. The Lord of Hosts, or the Lord. — 2 Sam. vii. 26. ; 

1 Chron. xvii. 24. ; Ps. xxiv. 10. ; Isa. vi. 1 — 5. ; 
Matt. i. 14.; Rom. xii. 19.; Phil. ii. 9—11. 

18. King of kings, and Lord of lords Ps. lxxxix. 27. ; 

ex. 1. ; Dan. vii. 13, 14.; Matt, xxviii. 18.; John, 
iii. 35. ; xiii. 3. ; 1 Cor. xv. 25. ; Ep. i. 20—22. ; 
Col. iii. 1. ; Rev. xix. 16. 



154 A POPULAR HARMONY 



PROPHECIES FULFILLED. 

RELATING TO THE JEWS JUDEA EDOM NINEVEH 

BABYLON TYRE EGYPT. 

The Jews.— Levit. xxvi. 33, 36—39, 44. Deut. iv. 27.; 
xxviii. 25, 28, 29, 32—34, 37, 45—48, 58, 59, 63— 
67. Jer. xv. 4. ; xvi. 13.; ix. 16.; xxiv. 9, 10.; xv. 
7. ; xxix. 18. Ezek. v. 10. ; xii. 15. ; vii. 19. Isa. 
lvii. 17. Amos, ix. 9. Jer. viii. 3. Hos. ix. 17. 
Isa. vi. 10 — 12. Amos, ix. 4. Jer. xlvi. 28. Hos. 
iii. 4, 5. Isa. lvii. 14 — 17. Ezek. vii. 19. Isa. Ix. 
9.; lxi. 6. To be fulfilled. — Deut. xxx. 3 — 5. Isa. 
xi. 11, 12. ; lx. 9, 10., &c. ; lxi. 4. Jer, xxx. 38, &c. 
Ezek. xxxvi. 37. Zech. ix. 12, &c. Amos, ix. 13 — 

15. Mich. ii. 12. 

Judea. — Levit. xxvi. 31 — 35, 43. Isa. i. 7.; xxiv. 1 — 
13. ; xxxii. 9—15. ; xxvii. 10, 11. Jer. iv. 20, 26— 
31. Jer. xii. 7 — 13. Ezek. xii. 19, 20. Isa. xxxii. 
13. Levit. xxvi. 22. Isa. xxxiii. 8. Jer. xii. 7 — 13. 
Ezek. xii. 19, 20. Isa. xxiv. 7 — 11. ; xxiv. 6—13. ; 
xvii. 4 — 6. ; (Samaria, Mich. i. 6.) 

Edom. — Numb. xx. 17. Isa. xxxiv. 5, 10—17. Jer. 

xlix. 7—10, 12—18. Ezek. xxv. 13.; xxxv. 1, &c. 

Joel, iii. 19. Obad. 1, 2, 8, 9, 17, 18. Mai. i. 3, 4. 
Obad. 10. Job, ix. 4. 

Nineveh. — 2 Kings, xvii. 5, 6.; xviii. 10 — 13, 34. 
Ezra, iv. 2. Nah. i. 8, 10. ; ii. 6, 8, 9. ; iii. 13—15, 

16, 17. Zeph. ii. 13—15. 

Babylon. — Isa. xxi. 2. ; xlv. 1. ; xliv. 27. Jer. 1. 38.; 
Ii. 11, 27, 30, 36, 57. Isa. xlvii. 1. Jer. Ii. 44, 47, 50. 
Jer. Ii. 8, 9. Isa. xiii. 19, &c. ; xiv. 22, &c. Jer. 1. 



OF THE BIBLE. 155 



13, 23, 39, &c; li. 13, 26, &c. Isa. xiv. 23. Jer. li. 
25, 58. 

Tyre. — Ezek. xxvi., xxvii., xxviii. Ezek. xxvi. 5. 

Egypt. — Ezek. xxix. 14, 15.; xxx. 7, 12, 13.; xxxii. 
15. Jer. xlvi. 13. Ezek. xxx. 10. Isa. xix. 1 — 13. 
Ezek. xxix. 14, 15. ; xxx. 12, 13. 

Obsekve. — To obtain a full and connected account of the above 
Prophecies, they should be read in the same order the texts are 
written. 



BEIEF ACCOUNT OP THE TWELVE APOSTLES. — 

Cave, Sfc. 

Peter. — The latest Scriptural account of this apostle 
may be found in the Acts, xv., and Gal. ii. 11.— In the 
former presiding at the first council at Jerusalem — 
in the latter, a notice of his dissembling at Antioch, 
in not eating with the Gentiles, after some brethren 
of Jerusalem had come thither from James. For this 
dissimulation Peter was publicly rebuked by the apostle 
Paul : — A knot, this, for the advocates of Romish infal- 
libility to untie. 

The remaining history of Peter can only be gathered 
from ecclesiastical historians. Much controversy has 
arisen, whether he was at Rome or not, but it is gener- 
ally believed that he was there during the time of Nero's 
persecution, and that he was crucified there, a. d. 66. 
Townsend considers that he went there after his deliver- 
ance from prison, Acts, xii. ; but there is nothing to 
support the assertion, that he was bishop of Rome. 

Andrew. — It is said, that Andrew had Scythia and 
the neighbouring provinces as the field of his labours. 
From whence he proceeded to Constantinople, and after- 
wards visited Thrace, Macedonia, Epirus, and the ad- 



156 A POPULAR HARMONY 

jacent countries. The proconsul of Achaia is said to 
have ordered him to be crucified. 

James — the brother of John, was slain by the sword 
at Jerusalem, by order of Herod Agrippa, as recorded, 
Acts, xii. The Romish legends of his acts in Spain are 
unworthy of the least notice. 

John — is thought to have laboured chiefly in 
Asia Minor, where he planted many churches. Tradi- 
tion relates, that Mary, the mother of Christ, remained 
under his care till her death, which took place about 
fifteen years after the Crucifixion. Many years after- 
wards, being conveyed to Rome, he was thrown into a 
caldron of boiling oil, by command of Domitian, but 
was miraculously preserved from harm. He was after- 
wards banished to the Isle of Patmos, where he was 
favoured with the Divine Revelation, recorded in the 
closing book of the New Testament. Subsequently, he 
was allowed to return to Ephesus, where he lived till 
the end of the first century, when he departed in peace. 
He continued to exhort the disciples as long as his 
strength permitted, and when age and infirmity pre- 
vented his usual labours, he was carried to the public 
assemblies, and uttered these affecting and important 
words, " Little children, love one another." The pre- 
face to his Gospel notices his opposition to the heresies 
which rose in the church of Christ. 

Philip — as supposed to have preached in Upper 
Asia, and afterwards in Phrygia, where he was hanged 
or crucified in the city of Hierapolis. 

Bartholomew — is believed to have preached in India, 
from whence he returned to the more central parts of 
Asia, and it is said, he was flayed alive, and then cru- 
cified at Albanople, in Armenia. 

Matthew — has Ethiopia assigned as the scene of 
his labours, where he suffered martyrdom. 

Thomas — preached among the Medes, and in Persia, 
and from thence to India, where it appears he was put to 



OF THE BIBLE. 157 



death by the Brahmins. A body of native Christians 
yet exist in that country, supposed to be descendants of 
those converted by the preaching of this apostle. 

James — called the Less, the brother of our Lord, 
appears to have continued as the principal pastor of the 
church at Jerusalem. It is related, that he was thrown 
by the Jews from one of the buildings of the temple, and 
his head was crushed with a fuller's club. 

Simon — is said to have preached in Egypt and Lybia, 
and afterwards in Western Europe. The scene of his 
martyrdom is Mesopotamia, or Persia. 

Jude — orThaddeus, or Lebbeus. He is said to have 
laboured in Mesopotamia, and afterwards to have gone to 
Persia, where he was put to death. 

Matthias — the successor of Judas, has various fields 
of labour assigned to him, but is supposed to have preached 
in some of the eastern countries, probably in Cappadocia, 
where he was stoned to death. 



AND ORDERS OF MEN. 

Pharisees. — This was the strictest of the Jewish 
sects, and also the most distinguished and popular among 
them. Its origin is not known, but Josephus mentions 
that the Pharisees were of considerable importance when 
John Hyrcanus was high priest, a century before the 
birth of Christ. Their name was derived from the 
Hebrew word "pharash," signifying separated, because 
the Pharisees made pretensions to superior strictness in 
religious observances. They considered that eternal 
life would be the reward of their good works, and in- 
vented a great many observances, in which they re- 



158 A POPULAR HARMONY 

quired more strictness than in the observance of the 
Law itself, having especial respect to what they called 
the traditions of their elders, esteeming them of equal 
weight with the Divine precepts: they even justi- 
fied some things as morally right, which were only 
permitted by the Mosaic law. But though they pre- 
tended to great holiness, their morality was, in fact, 
both lax and corrupt, as our Lord often openly de- 
clared to them. They considered that the Divine bless- 
ings and promises belonged to the Jews only, and ac- 
counted all other nations and persons as enemies to 
whom they were not bound to give any assistance ; ex- 
tending this view so far as to consider the unlearned 
and poor, even among their own nation, as accursed. 
They pretended to be strict observers of the Sabbath, 
and of oaths, but regarded only the ceremonial obser- 
vances of the first, and had many evasions with respect 
to the latter, even maintaining that the words expressed 
were not binding if there were a secret reservation to the 
contrary. They accounted their evil desires as of no im- 
portance, and indulged in avarice and extortion, while 
they scrupulously paid tithes of the meanest herbs. They 
most earnestly sought to make proselytes to their pe- 
culiar opinions, but thought themselves defiled if they 
only touched, or spoke with heathens, or persons of ir- 
regular conduct ; they made their outward appearance 
remarkable by peculiarity in their garb, especially by 
wearing broad phylacteries, or portions of the law written 
on slips of parchment, displayed on their foreheads and 



Essenes. — These were a sect of the Jews but little 
known. They existed in the time of our Saviour, and 
were in a great measure free from the hypocrisy of the 
Pharisees, as well as from the open profligacy of the 
Sadducees. They had no regard to tradition, nor were 
very scrupulous as to the ceremonial law, but taught 
great strictness as to moral conduct. They seem to have 
been strict in the observance of the Sabbath, and in regard 



OF THE BIBLE. 159 



for the Scriptures, but expounded them allegorically. 
They presented gifts to the Temple, but offered no sacri- 
fices. They lived in a state of equality, paying respect 
to the aged and to the priests, and had all things in com- 
mon. They entered into no worldly employment except- 
ing agriculture, and admitted none to their society till 
after three years' probation. If at any time expelled from 
the society, their doom was fearful. Having sworn to 
receive no food except from their own sect, the criminal 
was perjured, or must feed on the grass of the field till 
he died with hunger ; sometimes a repentant criminal was 
re-admitted when at the last extremity. The austere and 
retired life of the sect is supposed to have given rise to 
monkish superstitions. The Romanists have contended 
that the Essenes were Christians, but it is evident from 
the accounts of the Jewish writers, Josephus and Philo i 
that they were Jews. 

Theil<epeut^:. — These were a branch of the Essenes, 
who lived in Egypt. They were still more rigid in their 
observances, and avoided places inhabited by other men. 

Sadducees. — The principles of this Jewish sect are 
supposed to be derived from Sochseus, president of the 
Sanhedrim, about 250 years before Christ, who taught that 
man should serve God purely from love, and not from 
hope of reward, or fear of punishment. But the name of 
the sect was derived from Sadoc, one of his followers, who, 
perverting his doctrine, taught that there was no future 
state of rewards and punishments. They did not believe 
in the resurrection, or of the existence of departed souls ; 
they contended for free will, and denied a Particular Pro- 
vidence. Their tenets, in many respects, were very like 
those of the epicurean heathen philosophers, but they pro- 
fessed obedience to the Mosaic law, yet only because of 
its temporal rewards and punishments. They rejected 
traditions, and seemed anxiously to have looked for the 
coming of the Messiah, but only because they expected 
him to reign as a mighty temporal king, and desired to 
share in His worldly glory. Our Lord's whole appear- 



160 A TOPULAR HARMONY 

ance and conduct were so opposed to their open infidelity 
and profligacy, that they readily joined with the Pharisees 
in opposing and destroying him and his followers. It has 
been observed, that the first persecution of the Apostles 
and early Christians began when the Sadducees were in 
power : they were probably the most numerous party in 
the Sanhedrim. The Sadducees were chiefly among the 
more opulent of the Jews. 

Kab, Rabbi, or Rabban. — These terms signified great, 
or master, and were titles given to learned men among 
the Jews, and may be termed respectively the three degrees 
of comparison. These titles came into use only a short 
time before the birth of Christ. Rabbi implied greater 
excellency than Rab ; and Rabban (the same as Rabboni, 
John, xx. 16.) was formerly ascribed only to seven of 
their principal Jewish doctors, of whom Gamaliel was 
one. In later times these titles were conferred in the 
Jewish sehools as degrees. 

Elders, Rulers, and Scribes — Acts, iv. 5. ; mem- 
bers of the Council or Sanhedrim. The Rulers were the 
chief priests; the Scribes were learned doctors of the 
tribe of Levi ; the Elders were the seniors and senators of 
the other tribes. 

Sanhedrin or Sanhedrim. — The great council of the 
Jews, composed of seventy-one members, selected from 
the different tribes. The Jews usually ascribe its origin 
to the appointment of elders by Moses in the wilderness, 
but some date it from the return out of captivity, or from 
the time of the Maccabees. The high priest was usually 
president, and styled the prince. This council at first 
sat in a room of the Temple, in the court of the Israelites 
called Gazit. Afterwards they removed to other parts of 
the Temple, and at length into the City of Jerusalem. 
It was the great court of judicature among the Jews, and 
had power of life and death. When Judea became a 
Roman province, the council assumed more power, and 
seems to have acted as a senate, exercising all authority 
permitted by the Roman governors, and even usurping 






OF THE BIBLE. 161 



some of the authority of the high priests. We find the 
Sanhedrim or Council taking the lead in the transactions 
recorded in the Gospels and Acts. 

Scribes. — These were an order of learned men, selected 
from the tribe of Levi, whose professed employment was 
to write copies of the law ; also to expound and enforce 
it. Some suppose there was also a description of Scribes, 
whose office was of a civil nature, and that they were 
chiefly from the tribe of Simeon. When prophecy had 
ceased, the Ecclesiastical Scribes took upon themselves to 
interpret and comment on the law, professing to solve 
any doubts or difficulties concerning it. This gave rise 
to numberless glosses and opinions which perplexed the 
sacred text, and hence proceeded the doctrine that the 
tradition law was of Divine origin. This accounts for the 
ignorance, as to the spiritual meaning and import of the 
law, which prevailed at the time of Christ. Lawyers 
and Doctors of the Law were the same as the Scribes. 

Herodians. — They appear to have been a political 
rather than a religious party among the Jews, but as the 
Jewish government was in many respects connected with 
their religious observances, they may be enumerated 
among the sects into which that nation was divided. 
The leading feature of their principles was readiness to 
concur with Herod, in subjecting himself and his do- 
minions to the Roman power, also to pay taxes to 
foreigners and heathens, and even in some cases to adopt 
heathen customs, and tolerate their idolatrous practices. 
In all these things they were directly opposed to the 
Pharisees, which renders their union with that party 
against Christ a strong proof of their enmity to him. 
By the " leaven of Herod," against which Christ strongly 
cautioned his disciples, Mark, viiL 15., probably is meant 
the willingness to acquiesce or participate in idolatrous 
practices, from interest and worldly policy. In other 
respects, the Herodians adopted many of the views of 
the Sadducees, or probably, for the most part, were of 
that sect. 



M 



162 A POPULAR HARMONY 

Samaritans. — This sect or division of the Israelites 
originated in the division between Judah and Israel in 
the days of Rehoboam. The capital of the latter king- 
dom was Samaria. Its inhabitants were much corrupted 
by the idolatries introduced by their rulers, and still fur- 
ther by the colonies planted in their land under the 
Assyrians. After the captivity, on the reform introduced 
by Nehemiah (ch. xiii.), many who had married strange 
wives left Jerusalem, and settled at Samaria. Among 
them was Manasseh, a son of the high priest, who, being 
appointed to the same office by the Samaritans, induced 
them to forsake their idolatries, and their worship was thus 
rendered in many respects similar to that of the Temple 
at Jerusalem, in imitation of which they built one on 
Mount Gerizim. To this the woman of Samaria referred 
in her discourse with our Lord (John, iv.). At that 
period, the Jews and the Samaritans were opposed to each 
other in the strongest manner. " He is a Samaritan," 
was one of the most hateful epithets applied to our 
Saviour. This is further exemplified by the parable of the 
Good Samaritan. There are a few Samaritans still in 
existence. The only part of the Scriptures received by 
them is the books of Moses. 

Galileans. — These were a faction raised by Judas 
the Galilean or Gaulonite. They resisted the tax im- 
posed by the Romans upon Judea, when Augustus re- 
duced it to a province of the empire. Their leader 
exhorted them to seek religious liberty by force of arms, 
and told them tribute was due to God only. 

Zealots. — They were a body of political enthusiasts 
who took an active part in resisting the Roman power 
shortly before the destruction of Jerusalem. They re- 
sembled the Galileans in their principles, and committed 
the most horrid atrocities without scruple. 

Siclerii (rendered murderers), Acts, xxi. 38., were 
similar to the two preceding. They were named from 
the practice of wearing poniards under their garments. 



OF THE BIBLE. 163 

Israelites. — Hebrews, descendants from Jacob. 

An Hebrew of Hebrews. — An Israelite by original 
extraction. 

Hellenists or Grecians. — Foreign Jews who used 
the Greek language. 

Greeks. — Gentiles, so denominated by the Jews. For 
the most part they used the Greek language. The precise 
application of the term has been doubted by some, who 
consider that the proselytes of the gate (strangers who 
worshipped Jehovah, but were not circumcised or strict 
observers of the Mosaic law), are included. 

Nazarites. — Persons under a vow of separation: see 
Numbers, ch. vi. 

Nazarenes. — A name applied to Jewish Christians 
as a disgraceful title, or appellation, in allusion to Na- 
zareth. 

Publicans. — Tax-gatherers, or collectors of the re- 
venue under the Roman government. The taxes were 
usually let by public auction, hence those who farmed 
them were called " Publicans." Some of them were re- 
ceivers for a considerable district, as Zaccheus, who is 
termed a Chief Publican. These had officers under them, 
as Matthew, who sat at the place where duties were paid . 
on exports and imports. Many of these inferior officers, 
like the rahdars or toll-gatherers in modern Persia, were 
infamous for their rapacity and extortions. The office 
was considered disgraceful among the Greeks, but was 
still more hateful to the Jews, who regarded the enforce- 
ment of Gentile imposts as a scandal to their religion. 
Hence the manner in which the Publicans are mentioned 
in the Gospels. 



M 2 



164 A POPULAR HARMONY 



THE HERODIAN FAMILY. 

There were three Jewish monarchs of the name of 
Herod mentioned in Scripture. 

I. Herod the Great. Herod was ambitious, bold, 
tyrannical, passionate, and inexorably cruel. He was a 
descendant of Antipas or Antipater, a native of Idumea, 
a Jewish proselyte : Julius Cassar, after the defeat of 
Pompey, gave the government of Judea to him. Herod 
married ten wives, by whom he had several children. 
His first wife was Doris, an Idumean, whom he married 
when he was but a private individual ; by her he had 
Antipater, the eldest of all his sons, and whom he caused 
to be executed five days before his own death. His 
second wife was Mariamne, the only surviving person of 
the Asmonean or Maccabean race. He had her put to 
death. She was the mother of Alexander and Aristo- 
bidus, whom he likewise had put to death. (This Aristo- 
bulus left two sons and one daughter, viz. Agrippa, 
Herod, and Herodias ; but more of these anon.) The 
third wife was Mariamne, the daughter of Simon, whom 
Herod had made high priest, in order to obtain her hand. 
She was the mother of Herod, Philip, and Salome. 
Salome had been placed in the w T ill of Herod ; but her 
name was erased when it was discovered that her mother 
was an accomplice in the crimes for which Antipater had 
been executed. His fourth wife was Malthake, a Sama- 
ritan : by her he had Archelaus and Philip. (Archelaus 
enjoyed half his father's dominions, viz. Idumea, Judea, 
and Samaria, under the name of Tetrarch. He reigned 
nine years, and was banished by the Emperor Augustus 
to Vienna, where he died. This is the Archelaus who 
reigned vihe/i the Holy Family returned from Egypt. His 
brother Philip married Salome, the famous dancer: he died 
without children, and she w r as afterwards married to 
Aristobulus.) The fifth wife was Cleopatra of Jerusalem. 
She was the mother of Herod Antipas. (It was this 



OF THE BIBLE. 165 



Herod who married Herodias, the wife of his brother 
Philip while he was still living, and being reproved for 
this act by John the Baptist [Matthew, xiv. 3. ; Mark, 
vi. 17. ; Luke, iii. 19.], he caused that holy man to be 
imprisoned and to be beheaded, agreeably to a rash and 
foolish promise he had made to Salome, the daughter of 
his wife Herodias. It was this Herod who attempted to 
seize the person of Jesus Christ, and to put him to death. 
It was this Herod to whom Pilate sent our Lord [Luke, 
xiii. 31, 32.]. He was banished to Lyons, and then to 
Spain, where both he and his wife Herodias died.) The 
sixth wife of Herod was Pallas, by whom he had Pha- 
saelus. His seventh wife was Phcedra, the mother of 
Roxana. His eighth wife was Elpida. With the names 
of the other two wives we are unacquainted : they, like 
the last three named, are in no way connected with the 
Scripture history. 

As we have said, Herod was cruel and tyrannical — 
relations, friends, and subjects came equally under his 
ferocious disposition. The general expectation of the 
Messiah during his reign, and especially towards the latter 
part of it, in connection with his bad title to the throne, 
contributed much to his anxiety, and fully explains his 
rage on being " mocked by the wise men," and the cause 
of his issuing the mandate to slay all the children of 
Bethlehem. Josephus records that a short time previous 
to his death, he collected all the chief Jews to Jericho, and 
entreated his sister and her husband to cause them all to 
be killed so soon as he had breathed his last. This act of 
cruelty, however, they did not commit. Herod died suf- 
fering the most horrid tortures, a few months after the 
Massacre of the Innocents. He reigned thirty-seven 
years. By him the Temple had been magnificently re- 
paired and various improvements made. 

" But they are dead," namely, Herod the Great and 
Antipater his son, whom he had put to death only five 
days before he went to his own place. 

Archelaus. " When he" (Joseph) heard that 
v. 3 



166 A POPULAR HARMONY 

Archelaus did reign," &c. Archelaus was the eldest 
remaining son of Herod the Great. His mother's name 
was Malthake. He partook of the cruel and blood-thirsty 
disposition of his father : at one of the passovers, he 
caused 3000 of the people to be put to death in the city 
and temple. This tyranny, as before observed, caused his 
banishment, and his kingdom to be made more strictly a 
Roman province. 

II. Herod Antipas. — The brother of Archelaus, but 
not by the same mother. Herod Antipas' mother was 
Cleopatra. He was Governor of Galilee and Peraea 
under the title of Tetrarch. Josephus describes him as a 
crafty and incestuous prince, which is confirmed by the 
Gospel history. See the Life of his Father. 

Philip, another son of Herod the Great. — Josephus 
represents him as a mild and amiable prince. — His mother 
was Malthake, the fourth wife of Herod the Great. 
Philip is sometimes called the Tetrarch.- 

III. Agrippa, or Herod Agrippa I. — This Herod was 
the grandson of Herod the Great, by his son Aristobulus. 
At first he lived at Rome as a private person. For some 
time he was favoured by Tiberius, but being accused of 
wishing his death, he was imprisoned. Caligula created 
him king ofBatansea and Trachonitis, and Claudius added 
Abilene, Judea, and Samaria to his dominions. His sub- 
jects were satisfied with his government, and put to 
death the apostle James to please him. His power and 
grandeur having inflated his pride, he was struck with, a 
noisome and painful disease, and died as related (Acts, xii.). 

His brother Herod was king of Chalcis. 

Herod Agrippa II. — Being only seventeen years old 
when his father died, his dominions were placed under a 
Roman governor, but he was subsequently admitted to 
rule over a part of them with the title of King. Before 
this monarch Paul made his defence. Acts, xxvi. He 
was the last prince of the Herodian family, surviving the 
destruction of Jerusalem for a long time. 



OF THE BIBLE. 167 



Herod Agrippa I. left also two daughters, who are 
mentioned in the New Testament. Both of them profli- 
gate characters : — 

1. Bernice, married her uncle Herod king of Chalcis. 
After his death she was suspected of incest with her 
brother ; she subsequently lived with the Emperor Ves- 
pasian, and his son Titus. The latter would have married 
her, but for the displeasure of the Romans at the prospect 
of such an alliance. 

2. Drusilla : she was married to Azizus, king of 
Emessa, but left him to live with Felix, the Roman 
governor of Judea. 

Herodias, the grand-daughter of Mariamne, and 
daughter of Aristobulus. She married successively her 
two uncles. First Philip, the son of the third wife of 
Herod the Great; and secondly, Antipas, the son of the 
fifth wife of that monarch. By Philip she had Salome 
the dancer. 

Salome married first Philip the Tetrarch, the son of 
Herod the Great by his fourth wife Malthake : having 
no children by him, she married, secondly, Aristobulus, 
the son of Herod king of Chalcis, who was her cousin- 
german, Herod being her mother's brother. By Aris- 
tobulus she had several children. 

Observe. The above is all that is necessary to be 
known respecting the Herodian family. The history, 
and especially the genealogy, of the family is embarrass- 
ing in all works I have hitherto read ; but I have endea- 
voured to place the history and genealogy of this remark- 
ably bad family in as clear and plain a manner as I 
know how. Less difficulty will present itself to the 
reader of the history of the successors of Herod the 
Great if he will refer to the Genealogical Chart and 
observe which of the wives of Herod the Great was 
respectively their mother. 



M 4 



168 A POPULAR HARMONY 


GENEALOGICAL CHART OF THE HERODIAN FAMILY. 


Herod. 


His Wives. 


Children. 


His Grand- 
children. 


Great-grand- 
children. 


Great-great- 
grand- 
children. 


Herod the 


1. Doris. 


Axtipater, 








Great. 


2. Maria mne. 
Put to death 


put to death 
bv his fa- 
ther. 
1. Alexan- 
der. 










by her hus- 


2. Aristobu- 


I. Herod 


1. Bernice. 






band. 


LUS. 


Agrippa. 

(Acts, xii.) 


( Acts, xxv. 
13.) 
2. Agrippa. 
(Acts, xxv. 
xxvi.) 


Dbusilla, 
married to 
Felix. 

(Acts, xxv. 
xxvi.) 








2. Herod. 


ARISTOBULUS. 

Second hus- 
band of 
Salome, 
daughter of 
Herodias. 


Several chil- 
dren. 








3. Herodias. 












Married, 












1st, to He- 












rod Philip, 












and 2ndly, 












to Antipas. 








3. Mariamne. 


Herod Phi- 
lip. First 
husband of 
Herodias. 

(Mark, vi. 22.; 


Salome. 
Married, 1st 
to Philip, 
and 2ndly, 
to Aristo- 
bulus. 

(Mar. vi. 22.) 








4. Malthake. 


1. Archelaus. 
(Matt. ii. 22.) 

2. Philip. 
First hus- 
band of Sa- 
lome, the 
daughter of 
Herodias. 










5. Cleopa- 


Antipas. 


Several chil- 








tra. 


Second hus- 
band of He- 
rodias. 

(Matt. xiv. 3. 
Mar. vi. 17. 
Lu. iii. 19. ; 
xiii. 31. 33.) 


dren. 








6. Pallas. 


Phasaelus. 










7. Phaedra. 


Roxana. 










8. Elpida. 


Salome. 
(Not the 










9th and 10th 


one named 










wives un- 


in Scrip- 










known. 


ture.) 









Or THE BIBLE. 169 



THE TAKGUM, TALMUD, MI SNA, GEMAEAS. 

Targums, i. e. Explanations. — These are Chaldee para- 
phrases of Scripture, and are supposed to have originated 
during the Babylonish Captivity. 

Talmud, i, e. Doctrine. — Contains a body of Jewish 
doctrines and precepts relative to religion and morality. 
It consists of two parts, the Misna, or text, and the 
Gemara, or comment. 

Misna. — This word signifies Repetition. The Misna 
is a collection of various Jewish traditions and exposi- 
tions of texts, which they pretend were delivered to Moses 
while in the mount, and transmitted through Aaron, 
Eleazar, Joshua, and the Prophets, to the great Sanhe- 
drim, and on to the time of Rabbi Jehuda, who committed 
them to writing towards the close of the second century. 
Hence it is called the Oral Law, and is in many respects 
esteemed more highly than the Pentateuch. The Misna 
is chiefly in the form of aphorisms, and may be considered 
as a digest of the traditions held and practised by the 
Pharisees in the time of our Lord. 

Gemaras. — This signifies Perfections. They are a 
kind of commentary on the Misna. Their name implies 
that nothing beyond these are required. The Gemaras 
are twofold. 1st. The Gemara of Jerusalem, little es- 
teemed. It was written in the third or fifth century. 
2nd. The Gemara of Babylon. This was written in the 
sixth century, and is full of absurd fables. The Jews 
esteem it highly, continually studying it, and always 
refer to it in cases of doubt and difficulty. 



170 A POPULAR HARMONY 

SYNAGOGUES. — THEIR OFFICERS. — THEIR 
SERVICES. — PROSEUCH^. 

The period of the origin of synagogues is uncertain, 
but after the time of the Maccabees they were found in 
almost every town in Judea, according to its extent, and 
in foreign countries wherever the Jews were numerous. 
A synagogue might be erected in any place where ten 
persons of respectability and property could be found; 
and every Jew was required to worship publicly in a 
synagogue or in the temple. In Jerusalem there were 
480 synagogues just before the destruction of that city 
by the Romans. Each synagogue had a table, whereon 
the book of the law was spread, and on the east of which 
was an ark, or chest, to keep it in. The elders sat before 
this table with their faces to the people and their backs 
to the ark. These places are called in the New Testa- 
ment the chief seats in the synagogue. The women sat 
by themselves in latticed galleries. 

The Officers of the synagogue were — i. The rulers. 
These often were several in number. They regulated all 
its concerns, and gave permission to persons to preach. 
They also possessed considerable authority, and could 
direct punishments to be inflicted on those whom they 
deemed rebellious against the law, Matt. x. 17. ii. A 
person who offered up prayers for the congregation. He 
was called the angel or messenger, as he spoke to God 
for the people, iii. One who had charge of the sacred 
books. 

The Services. — The Law was divided into fifty-three 
or fifty-four paraschioth or sections, so as to be read over 
in the year. A like number of portions were selected 
from the prophetic writings, including a few extracts 
from the historical books : they were called haphtoreth. 
The sections were read by the Scribes, or such members 
of the synagogue as were called upon to do so ; and they 



OF THE BIBLE. 171 



might add an exposition. This is exemplified in Luke, iv. 
15, 22. It was also customary, after the reading of the 
law and the prophets, to invite any strangers of learning, 
or persons known to be advocates of particular doctrines, 
and then present, to impart such religious instruction as 
they washed to communicate. This explains the invi- 
tation to the Apostles, Acts, xiii. 14, 15. Sometimes they 
offered themselves voluntarily, as our Lord seems to have 
done, Luke, iv. 16. It was usual for public instructors 
to sit down while they delivered their sermons, Luke, iv. 
20. ; Matt, xxiii. 2., and several other places. The syna- 
gogue services were on the sabbath, celebrated three times 
in the day. They began with a doxology, then followed a 
portion from the law, another doxology, and the portions 
from the prophets. The passages which had been read in 
Hebrew were rendered by an interpreter into the tongue 
commonly spoken ; the reader, or some other person, then 
addressed the people. The meeting ended with prayer, 
and a collection was made for the poor. It is supposed 
that some of the prayers now used, or the substance of 
them, were in existence in the time of Christ, but the 
greater part bear evidence that they are of a later date. 
The public services in the synagogues gave considerable 
facilities to the Apostles in their first preaching the 
Gospel, till they were excluded from them, and then 
they either hired houses or were received by friends, 
who gave the use of suitable rooms for the purpose,, Acts 
xix. 9. ; xx. 8. 

Proseuch^e. — These are supposed by some to have 
been the smaller synagogues, but it is generally consi- 
dered that they were only enclosures, open at the top, 
where persons prayed, either separately or together. 
Frequently they were in fields, or lonely places, and by 
the side of rivers, Acts, xvi. 1 3. It is supposed they were 
often resorted to by our Lord in his midnight prayers. 



172 A POPULAR HARMONY 



THE APOCRYPHAL BOOKS. 

The word Apocrypha signifies concealed, obscure, with- 
out authority. It is used, in reference to the Bible, to 
designate such books as have been by some authorities 
placed in the sacred volume, but which do not proceed 
from Divine inspiration, and, therefore, are not to be 
considered as a part of Canonical Scripture, though some 
of them maybe " read for example of life and instruction 
of manners." The Council of Trent decreed that these 
mere human compositions were of equal authority with 
the books which were penned by holy men of old moved by 
the Holy Ghost. The following outline will show how 
far they are entitled to the term " Inspired Books." 

1. These books are not found in the Hebrew Bible ; 
and, moreover, are not written in the Hebrew language, 
but in the Greek, a language unknown to the Jews till 
after the close of the Old Testament inspiration. A part 
only may have been written in Chaldee. They probably 
were written by Jews, but have never been received into 
the Canon of Scripture by that people. They are not 
included by Josephus or Philo, and the Rabbins ex- 
pressly reject them. They are not quoted in the New 
Testament. The Church of Rome, indeed, allege that in 
Rom. xi. and Heb. xi. are quotations from the Book of 
Wisdom : but the passages may be traced, the first to 
Isaiah, and the second to Genesis. They do not appear 
to have been known in the time of Christ. They were 
not received as canonical by the Primitive Fathers. 
Melito, in the second century, gives a list, but none of 
these books are mentioned. Jerome excludes them by 
name ; of Wisdom and Ecclesiasticus, the two least ob- 
jectionable, he says, — " The Church may read these two 
books for the edification of the common people, but not 
as authority to confirm any doctrine." Augustine does 
not put them on a level with inspired writings, and says 
they were not read from the same desk, but from a lower 
part of the church. And, until the Council of Trent was 
held in the sixteenth century, the most learned and ju- 



OF THE BIBLE. 173 



dicious of the Popish writers and prelates adhered to the 
opinion of the Early Fathers ; but at that Council it was 
decreed that all who did not receive these human pro- 
ductions as Divine should be accursed. 

II. These books contain silly and ridiculous stories, 
and contradict the doctrines of acknowledged Scripture, 
and cannot therefore be Divine. 

In Tobit, an angel is represented as telling a direct 
falsehood, and the most puerile stories are inserted. 
Judith prays to the God of truth to prosper a direct 
falsehood, and commends the slaughter of the Sheche- 
mites, which is condemned in Scripture. In Wisdom, 
the author speaks in the name of Solomon, but Jerome 
proves it is falsely ascribed to that king. In Baruch, 
that scribe is represented as being at Babylon, whereas 
Jeremiah expressly declares he was carried into Egypt. 
Jeremiah is also represented as reading openly to the 
king and the people, when he was closely imprisoned : and 
as sending money to Jerusalem for sacrifices, when the 
temple was in ruins, and there was no altar. Bel and 
the Dragon is clearly a mere fiction. The Song of the 
Three Children states there was no prophet at Babylon, 
when both Daniel and Ezekiel were there. Susanna is 
certainly of Greek origin. The books of the Maccabees 
contradict each other, and give false accounts of nations. 
Esdras contradicts the book of Ezra, and has besides many 
clear proofs which shut it out from the title of being an 
inspired work. The Prayer of Manasses, though a pious 
composition, never has been recognised as authentic, not 
even by the Romish Church. 

III. These books teach erroneous doctrines, Prayers 
for the dead, 2 Mac. xii. 43, 44. Transmigration of 
souls, Wisdom, viii. 19, 20. Justification by works of 
the law, 2 Esdras, viii. 33. ; Tobit, xii. 8, 19. ; Eccles. iiL 
3, 30. ; xxxv. 3. Sinless perfection, Eccles. xiii. 24. 
Immoral practices — lying, Tobit, v. 12. with xii. 13. 
Suicide, 2 Mac. xiv. 41, 46. Assassination in Judith. 
Magical incantations, Tobit, vi. 16, 17. 



174 



A POPULAR HARMONY 



The first book of Maccabees gives an erroneous account 
of the Roman government. 

IV. These books were not written by prophets ; but 
by men who speak of their labours as merely human. 

" Such are the manifest deficiencies and errors of the 
Apocryphal books, which utterly disqualify them from 
any portion of the respect due to the Inspired Scripture." 
" Yet they are valuable as ancient writings, and as con- 
taining some good maxims, but when we have said this 
we have praised them quite as highly as we dare. While 
it is a matter of instruction to learn the opinion of men 
of past ages, it is a dishonour to God to place men's words 
on a level with His." — Chiefly from Cosins. 



THE JEWISH CALENDAR. 



Nisan or Abib, 30 Days. 

{March and April*) 
Day. 

10. Fast — death of Moses. Lamb 
provided for the Passover. 

14. Passover. 

15. Feast of unleavened bread. 

16. Sheaf of the new barley- 

harvest offered up. 
In this month prayers for rain 
to make the grain swell. 

Jyar or Zif, 29 Days. 

(April and May.) 

10. Past— death of Eli. 

14. Second Passover. 

28. Past — death of Samuel. 



Sivan, 30 Days.' 

(May and June.) 
Day. 

G. Peast of Pentecost. 
23. Past — schism of Jeroboam. 

Thammtjz, 29 Days. 

(June and July. ) 
1 7. Past — tables of the law broken, 
and the perpetual sacrifice 
ceased. 

Ab, 30 Days. 
(July and August) 
1 . Past — death of Aaron. 
9. Past — temple burned both by 
the Assyrians and Romans. 



* Properly speaking, the latter part of the former and the first part of 
the latter month is the Jewish month : this must he understood through- 
out the Calendar. 



OF THE BIBLE. 



175 



Eulul, 29 Days. 

(August and September.) 
Day. 

7. The walls dedicated by Ne- 
hemiah. 
17. Fast — the death of the spies. 

22. Fast — punishments of wicked 

Israelites. 

Tisei, or Elhanin, 30 Days. 
(September and October.) 

1. Feast of Trumpets. 

3. Feast of Gedaliah. 

7. Fast— Golden Calf. 
10. Fast — day of expiation. 
1 5. Feast of Tabernacles. 

23. Solomon's Dedication. 

Marchesvan or Bul, 29 Days. 

(October and November.) 

6. Fast — Zedekiah's eyes put 
out. In this month prayers for 
the autumnal rain. 



Chisleu, 30 Days. 

(November and December.) 
Day. 
7. Fast — burning Jeremiah's roll. 
25. D e dication of the last Tern pie. 



Thebeth, 29 Days. 
(December and January.) 
10. Siege of Jerusalem. 

Sebat, 30 Days. 

(January and February.) 

1 5. Year of trees reckoned from. 
23. Destruction of Benjamin. 

Adar, 29 Days. 

(February and March.) 

7. Fast — death of Moses. 
14. 15. Feast of Purim. 



Note. — Each month began with the first day of the new moon, and 
consisted of twelve lunations ; comprising 354 days, 8 hours. To prevent 
the entire change of the months through the seasons, an intercalary month 
was added once in three years, sometimes once in two years, called 
Veadar, which was inserted next after Adar. — The Civil year began 
on the first of Tisri, when it was supposed the world was created. — The 
Ecclesiastical year, for religious computations, began on the first of 
Nisan. Exod. xii. 2. 



176 A POPULAR HARMONY 



JEWISH SEASONS —HOURS AND WATCHES. 

SEASONS. 

Seed time — From the middle of Tisri to the middle 
of Chisleu (from the beginning of October to the begin- 
ning of December). Weather cloudy and rainy, land 
ploughed and sowed, latter grapes gathered. 

Winter — From the middle of Chisleu to the middle 
of Sebat (December to February). Cold very piercing, 
some ice and snow on high grounds. Heavy rains. 

Cold season — From the middle of Sebat to the 
middle of Nisan (February to April). Thunder, light- 
ning, and hail. Vegetable nature revives. Barley ripe 
in forward grounds. Latter rains begin to fall. 

Harvest — From the middle of Nisan to the middle of 
Sivan (April to June). Rains cease. Heat increases. 
Wheat harvest. 

Summer — From the middle of Sivan to the middle of 
Ab (June to August). Heat increases ; people sleep in 
the open air. Not a cloud to be seen. 

Hot season — From the middle of Ab to the middle of 
Tisri (August to October). Heat intense. No rain. 
Dews heavy. 

HOURS. 

The day, reckoning from sunrise, and the night, from 
sunset, were each divided into twelve equal parts, called 
the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th, &c. hours. In Judea the days 
do not vary much in their length. 

WATCHES. 

The 1st watch, from sunset to the 3rd hour of the 
night. — The 2nd, or middle watch, from the 3rd hour 
to the 6th. — The 3rd watch, or cock-crowing, from 
the 6th hour to the 9th. — The 4th, or morning watch, 
from the 9th hour to sunrise. 



OF THE BIBLE. 177 



TABLE OF SCRIPTURE MEASURES, WEIGHTS, AND 
MONEY. 

Length — Cubit, 21 inches. — Span, 10| inches. — 
Handbreadth, 3\ inches. — Finger, inch. — Fathom, 7 feet 
3^- inches. — EzekieVs reed, 10 feet 11^ inches. — Mea- 
suring line, 145 feet 11 inches. — Sabbath day s journey, 
729 paces 3 feet. — Mile, 1 m. 403 paces 1 foot. — Furlong 
(or stadium), 145 paces 4\ feet. — Day's journey, 33 m. 
172 paces 4 feet. 

Note. 5 feet is a pace, and 1056 paces one mile. 

Liquid measure. — Homer, or cor, 75 gal. 5 p. -f *. — 
Bath, 7 gal. 4 p. + . — Hin, 1 gal. 2 p. + . — Log, nearly 
1 pint. — Firkin, rather more than 7 pints. 

Dry measure — Homer, 8 bushels 1^ pint. — Lethech, 
4 bush. +.—Ephah, 3 pecks +. — Seah, 1 peck +. — 
Omer, 5 pints +. — Cab, nearly 3 pints. 

weights. 

Shekel, 9 dwts. 2^ grs. — - Jflaneh, 2 lbs. 3 ozs. 6 dwts. 
10 grs.— Talent, 113 lbs. 10 ozs. 1 dwt. 10| grs. 

MONEY. 

Shekel, 2s. 3§<£ — Bekah, Is. Id. — Zuzah, 6d. — 
Gerah, Id. — Maneh, or Mina, 51. 13s. lOd. — Talent, 
Mil. 105. Ad. — Shekel of gold, 11. 1 6s. 5d. — Talent of 
gold, 5464/. 5s. 8d. — Golden dark, or dram, 11. Is. lOd. 
— Piece of silver, 7f d. (called drachm). Tribute money 
(didrachm), Is. 3±d. — Piece of silver (stater), 2s. 7d. — 
Pound (mina) 31. 4s. Id. — Penny (denarius), 1\d. — 
Farthing (ossarium), \d. — Farthing (quadrans) is about 
eight tenths of a farthing. — Mite, about four tenths 
of a farthing. 

Note. Silver is reckoned at 5s. and gold at 41. per oz. 

* This sign signifies that the measure is rather more. 

THE END. 



London : 

A. and G. A. Spottiswoode, 

New-street- Square. 



